You are on page 1of 216

Transmittal Page

Product Title Part Number

FreeFlow FreeFlow Accxes 702P00466


Accxes Controller Service Manual
Controller for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/
UXC-N/DA0 Date
Status
December 2011
Supersedes
Change Highlights:
Change highlights include:

Updated documentation to support the Dell 790 / DA0 FFA WF Controller hardware.
Introduction
About this Documentation ............................................................................................... iii
Organization.................................................................................................................... iii
How to Use This Manual ................................................................................................. iv

Supersedes 11/2011 Introduction


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 i
Introduction 11/2011 Supersedes
ii Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
About this Documentation Organization
This manual is part of a documentation system that includes the training. This manual consists of eight sections. The title and description of each section are listed
below.
This manual contains Repair Analysis Procedures (RAPs), Repair Procedures, Adjustment
Procedures, Parts List, Diagnostic Procedures, Installation Procedures, Wiring Data, Block Section 1. - Service Call Procedures
Schematic Diagrams (BSDs), and Accessories.
This section contains the following:

This manual enables the Service Representative to repair the YKE, YKE-N, FRX, LVX, UXC, • Call Flow
UXC-N, and DA0 controllers.
• Initial Actions/ System Checks
Consult the software release notes for updates to software functionality. • Workstation Checkout Procedure
• System Checkout/Final Action
Call Flow
The Call Flow Procedure is a list of activities to be performed on each service call.

Initial Actions/ System Checks


This procedure identifies how to collect the data necessary to decide how to proceed with the
service call. It classifies the problem and refers you to the appropriate RAP.

Workstation Checkout Procedure


This procedure is designed to ensure that the controller is correctly set up to run and communi-
cate with other elements. It consists of a series of connection checks, configuration test prints,
PING tests, and tests made from a laptop PC.

System Checkout / Final Action


The purpose of this procedure is to record the media feet count and to make a record in the
system log book of the service activities that were performed. The Final Action is designed to
ensure that the print is produced correctly and to ensure that image quality is within specifica-
tion.

Section 2. - Repair Analysis Procedures (RAPs)


This section contains the Repair Analysis Procedures (RAPs) necessary to repair the faults.
When using a RAP, always exit the procedure when the fault is fixed. Do not perform the
remaining steps.

Section 3. - Image Quality Repair Analysis Procedures (RAPs)


This section is not presently used.

Section 4. - Repair / Adjustment


This section contains the repair and adjustment procedures for the controller.

Section 5. - Parts List


This section contains the detailed Parts List for the controller.

Section 6. - General Procedures


This section contains Diagnostic Procedures, Installation Procedures, and General Informa-
tion, which includes Product Specifications for the controller.

Supersedes 11/2011 Introduction


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 iii About this Documentation, Organization
Section 7. - Wiring Data How to Use This Manual
This section contains Plug/ Jack Location Index, Plug/ Jack Location Drawings, and the BSDs. The Service Call Procedures will direct you to the appropriate Section of the Service Manual.

Section 8. - Accessories You should begin the service call with the Call Flow Procedure. From there, you will be referred
This section contains accessories added to the customer configuration. to Initial Actions/ System Checks Procedure.

From the Initial Actions/ System Checks Procedure you are referred to Section 2, Repair Anal-
ysis Procedures.

When you have made a repair, always go to the Call Flow Procedure to finish the call.

Introduction 11/2011 Supersedes


Organization, How to Use This Manual iv Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
1 Service Call Procedures
Call Flow Procedure........................................................................................................ 1-3
Initial Actions / Systems Checks ..................................................................................... 1-4
System Checkout / Final Actions .................................................................................... 1-5
Workstation Checkout Procedure ................................................................................... 1-6
Test Print Error Codes .................................................................................................... 1-7
Printing an Error or Warning Page .................................................................................. 1-9
Error Messages............................................................................................................... 1-13
Normal Boot Messages................................................................................................... 1-16

Supersedes 11/2011 Service Call Procedures


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 1-1
Service Call Procedures 11/2011 Supersedes
1-2 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
Call Flow Procedure
Procedure
The call is for installation or upgrade.
Y N
Perform the following:
1. Go to Initial Actions / Systems Checks.
2. Go to System Checkout / Final Actions.

Go to Controller Installation for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0, or Upgrading the


Controller Firmware then Connecting to a Network - 88xx/510, or Connecting to a Network -
721p or Connecting to a Network - 6030/6050 or Connecting to a Network - 6050A, Connect-
ing to a Network - 6204/6604/6605, Connecting to a Network - 6279 or Connecting to a Net-
work - 6622.

Supersedes 11/2011 Service Call Procedures


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 1-3 Call Flow Procedure
Initial Actions / Systems Checks
Perform the following:

1. Go to Power On Self Test (POST) in Section 2 of this service manual and use the System
Lights, Diagnostic Lights, and Beep Codes to troubleshoot.
2. If the printer is an 8825, 8830, 8850, or 510 and the Printer Control Panel displays Status
Code E701, go to E701 Fault Code RAP.
3. If the printer is a 721p and no test print is made on initial power on, go to No Test Print
RAP.
4. Review the Printer Configuration Test Print for controller error codes. If a controller error
code is found, go to Test Print Error Codes, located later in this section.
5. Review the Printer Configuration Test Print for Printer Status Codes. If a Printer Status
code is found, go to Status Code Entry Chart in Section 1 of the Printer Service Manual.
6. Review the Printer Configuration Test Print for enabled Features. If a disabled feature is
found where the feature should be enabled, go to Section 2, Feature Not Enabled RAP.

Service Call Procedures 11/2011 Supersedes


Initial Actions / Systems Checks 1-4 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
System Checkout / Final Actions
Procedure
1. If the system is a 721p, 510, 8825, 8830, 8850, 6030/6050/6050A, 6204 or 6279 with
Scan System configuration, make a copy from the scanner.
2. If the system is connected to the network, ask the customer to submit a file for printing to
the controller over the network.
Prints are delivered to the exit tray.
Y N
Refer to the Workstation Checkout Procedure to begin your repair.

Evaluate the prints using Section 3 “Image Quality” in the Printer Service Manual. The print
quality is acceptable.
Y N
Refer to the Section 3 “Image Quality” in the Printer Service Manual, and go to the appro-
priate Image Quality RAP.

Perform the following:


1. Clean the exterior of the printer and controller.
2. Provide print samples to the customer.
3. Record all activities in the Service Log.
4. Record the Print Count Readings on the Service Call Report.
5. Give appropriate credit to the Customer.

Supersedes 11/2011 Service Call Procedures


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 1-5 System Checkout / Final Actions
A B C D
Workstation Checkout Procedure Ask to replace the workstation with your laptop on the network. Connect the
network cable to the laptop NIC. Use the same TCP/IP parameters on the lap-
Description top PC as the workstation. Access the Command prompt (MS-DOS Prompt).
Additional network troubleshooting information is provided in the Lost Connection to Network PING the controller IP. The PING command FAILS to receive replies.
RAP in Section 2. Y N
Send a print file from the latest FreeFlow Accxes Service Tools CD using
Initial Actions the WebPMT or Document Submit Tool. The laptop successfully pro-
• Check that all connectors are seated correctly at the controller. duces prints over the network.
Y N
• If the system is a 8825 or 8830 DDS, 8850DS, 510, 721P, 6030/6050/6050A, 6204, 6279,
Establish a Serial Connection with the controller and login using the
6604/6605 or 7142 configuration:
service username and password (see Service Login). Type testPrint
1. Check that the IEEE1394 cable from the scanner is connected to the scanner con- and press the <ENTER> key. A hardcopy is produced by the
nector on the controller. engine.
2. Check that the scanner power switch is turned on. Y N
3. Check the scanner LED for a “P.”. If a “P.” is not displayed, disconnect then recon- Check the boot spew for an error message. Refer to Error Mes-
nect the IEEE1394 cable. sages in Section 1. Inform the customer the network is sus-
• The Configuration Test Print provides troubleshooting information that will be used later. pected bad.
Check that the communication parameters are set correctly.
Inform the customer there is a problem with the network.
• Acquire the workstation TCP/IP parameters using either IPCONFIG (Windows NT,
Win2K, and WinXP or WINIPCFG (Windows 95 & 98), at a DOS or command prompt.
Inform the customer there is a problem with the workstation.
Procedure
A known good file is submitted from the workstation. The new file prints OK. Inform the customer there is a problem with the network.
Y N
The network configuration of the workstation is suspect. The network protocol is any- There is a Post Error Code displayed on the Controller LED Display.
thing other than TCP/IP. Y N
Y N The 10/100/1000 Ethernet port LEDs are on.
Obtain the IP address for the controller from the Configuration Test Print. Ask the Y N
customer to use the PING function to test the connection to the controller. The Go to the Lost Connection to Network RAP in Section 2.
PING command receives replies.
Y N Connect a Laptop to the serial port on the controller, and enter the Diagnostics,
Ask the customer to enter the PING command on the command line to test the and reboot the controller, but do not stop the ‘autoboot’. Check the boot spew
workstation IP address acquired in the initial actions. The PING command for an error message. Refer to Error Messages in Section 1.
receives replies.
Y N Refer to the Power On Self Test (POST).
Inform the customer the workstation network interface is suspected bad.
Connect a Laptop to the serial port on the controller, and enter the Diagnostics (Serial
Ask the customer to PING the router (gateway) listed in the Configuration Test Connection). Check the boot spew for an error message. Refer to Error Messages in Sec-
Print. The PING command receives replies. tion 1. Inform the customer that the network is suspect.
Y N
Inform the customer the gateway is suspected bad. Inform the customer the old file is corrupt.

Obtain the IP address of another device on the same segment of the network.
Ask the customer to PING the other device. The PING command receives
replies.
Y N
Inform the customer that a segment of the network is suspected bad.

A B C D
Service Call Procedures 11/2011 Supersedes
Workstation Checkout Procedure 1-6 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
Test Print Error Codes Table 1 Test Print Error Codes
Printed Error Description of Test Being What To Do About Printed Error
Code Performed Code
Controller firmware supports the printing of the Error Code Log as part of the information con-
tained in the Test Print. Go to Making a Test Print in Section 6 for location of Error Log informa- 50000003 Unexpected internal software or Switch off the system power. Check
tion. 50000004 hardware failure cables. Switch on the system
50000005 power.
The information is displayed in the following format: ERROR LOG:(NNNNNNNN,CCCCCCCC) 50000006
Where:NNNNNNNN - decimal number representing the number of seconds the controller has 50000007
been powered on and running.CCCCCCCC - error code. 50000009
5000000A
The first (NNNNNNNN,CCCCCCCC) pair displayed contains the total number of seconds the 5000000B
controller has been powered on and running and an error code of 00000000. A maximum of 19 50000008 Scanner media jam Manually remove document if nec-
additional (NNNNNNNN,CCCCCCCC) pairs are displayed. The number of seconds of power- essary. Rescan the document if
on time displayed in the additional pairs is the time at which the error occurred. The additional necessary. Power off and power on
pairs are displayed in order from most recent to oldest error. Restoring FACTORY DEFAULTS the system if subsequent scans
or downloading a new release of firmware on the controller will clear the error codes from the fails to print.
log. The total number of seconds of power-on time is reset to zero when firmware is installed. 50000011 An unexpected error occurred sav- Rescan document. Power off and
ing the scanned image to disk. power on the system if subsequent
scans return the same error.
50000012 Scanned documents have filled all Retrieve and delete images from
Table 1 Test Print Error Codes
50000013 available memory. hard disk. Rescan document.
Printed Error Description of Test Being What To Do About Printed Error 50000014 No room in memory to begin stor- Wait for previously scanned images
Code Performed Code ing scanned document. to finish being processed and
30000000 System configuration changed. It No action necessary if scanner has saved to disk.
was last configured as a printer- been removed from the system. Rescan document.
copier, but no scanner was 50000015 Job Spooler limit has been Wait for the active job to complete.
detected during this power-on boot reached.
sequence. 50000016 Set/Build maximum number of Print the current set and pickup
30000001 Invalid system configuration. A Check the Hard Drive cables, go to pages has been exceeded. where it left off as a new set.
scanner was detected but no hard Block Schematic Diagrams. 50000017 FTP Transfer Failed. Check destination settings on the
disk drive was detected. WebPMT Scan Destination Page.
30000002 Invalid system configuration. A Verify that DRAM is installed cor- Validate that the FTP server is run-
scanner was detected but less than rectly, go to REP 1.5. Install more ning properly.
64 MB of RAM were detected. RAM as is necessary. 50000018 Multi-Page error when creating a There is no resolution for this error.
40nnnnnn Error reading user job account The probable cause is that the sys- multi-page file. The user’s file will be deleted, and
number nnnnnn. Account has been tem was powered down while job the user will have to rescan their
removed from the Hard Disk Drive. accounting software was active. document set.
Instruct the user to wait at least 60 50000019 Multi-Page Full error occurred Delete the scanned images from
seconds after printing last job when the maximum number of disk the controller to free up disk space
before powering down the system. space for a multi-page file has been and resend job. If problem per-
The System Administrator can use exceeded. sists, delete more scanned images
AMT to resend associations to the and resend.
printer.
50000001 The current scan has filled all avail- Remove document, press START
able memory to print job.
50000002 The current scan and one or more Remove document. Wait for previ-
previous scans havefilled all avail- ous scans to finish printing.End the
able memory. current set if a set is in progress.
Rescan the document.

Supersedes 11/2011 Service Call Procedures


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 1-7 Test Print Error Codes
Table 1 Test Print Error Codes
Printed Error Description of Test Being What To Do About Printed Error
Code Performed Code
5000001A Multi-Page Too Big error occurred The user has the option to delete
when the maximum multi-page file pages from the multi-page file in
size has been exceeded. order to free up disk space, or
select the Last Original button on
the touch UI screen. For legacy
wide format scanners, select the
Sets Build workflow to link
together the pages to end the cur-
rent set.

Service Call Procedures 11/2011 Supersedes


Test Print Error Codes 1-8 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
Printing an Error or Warning Page Table 1 Error Page Messages

The controller can be configured to optionally print an error or warning page when a problem is Error Description
detected during the processing of a job. Typical processing errors include interpreter errors, POSTSCRIPT NOT INSTALLED PostScript feature key is not installed or Post-
out-of-system-memory errors, etc. The creation of error pages is controlled by a printer param- Script initialization failed when application first
eter configured from the printer operator control panel menu <SETUP PRINTER><ERROR started.
PAGE> or via the Web Printer Manager Tool. The error page will print on the same media type POSTSCRIPT INTERPRETER Possible problem with the input file or controller
that is specified for the current job. The size of the media used is cut to fit the size of the error
ERROR out of memory. Failure details from the Adobe
page in length. Note that the error page does not replace the failed job in the job stream; it is interpreter may be available under “POST-
printed immediately following the job in error. If collation is enabled, the error page will be SCRIPT ERROR” on the error page.
printed first since the page flow is reversed.
PDF INTERPRETER ERROR Possible problem with the input file or controller
out of memory. Failure details from the Adobe
In general, whenever error and/or warning pages are printed, there is a high probability of
interpreter may be available under “POST-
some type of customer file format problem.
SCRIPT ERROR” on the error page.
Three levels of error page generation are provided: FILENET TILED IMAGE HEADER Problem with the input file.
ERROR
• NONE FILENET BANDED IMAGE HEADER Problem with the input file.
• LEVEL 1 (errors only) ERROR
• LEVEL 2 (warnings and errors) UNEXPECTED END OF FILE Generic error for end of input data at an unex-
pected time given the file type. This error may be
By default, the controller is set to error page LEVEL1. The error page does not replace the
generated if the Automatic Format Recognition
failed job in the job stream. The error page is queued to the job scheduler as the highest prior-
module fails to correctly identify the file format.
ity job. One or more jobs could print ahead of the error page if those jobs were already inter-
preted and rasterized for printing. CALCOMP CHECKSUM ERROR CALCOMP-specific error indicating that a CAL-
COMP data message has failed the checksum
The Error or Warning page includes the following information: test. It is generated only when the 8825/8830
DDS has the CALCOMP checksum enabled.
• Job ID CORRUPTED TIFF IMAGE HEADER TIFF-specific error indicating that the first 4 bytes
• Job Name (if available) of a file identified as being in TIFF format do not
contain the values 49,49,2a,00 or 4d,4d,00,2a (all
• The Job’s processing parameters (the associated page and job parameters)
hexadecimal values). For the Navy TIFF (a.k.a
• The error or warning number and a short descriptive error string
NIFF or NIRS), the valid byte sequences are
• A list of Warning Page messages and of Error Page messages appears on the following 49,49,4e,31 or 49,49,4e,32 or 4d,4d,31,4e or
pages. 4d,4d,32,4e (all hexadecimal values).
Error Page Messages PRINTER MEMORY ALLOCATION This error indicates that the real-time operating
The following error messages appear on the controller generated Error page if the plot file con- ERROR system supporting the controller software mod-
tained a fatal error. The corresponding Data Format Interpreter was not able to recover from ules failed to satisfy a memory request allocation.
the error and stopped interpreting the job at the time the error occurred. A partial plot may be This may indicate corruption of controller internal
generated if the error was preceded by plotting instructions which caused something to be structures or memory leaks.
drawn. Otherwise, the printer will not eject a blank sheet1. The controller will generate an error NO SPACE IN NONVOLATILE STOR- Accxes internal software error. FTP debug log
page if Error Level 1 or 2 are enabled at the processing Setup Menus. The following table is AGE files from the controller; forward files to engineer-
sorted alphabetically. ing team.
INVALID ACCOUNT OR USER ID Job accounting is enabled and the account or
Table 1 Error Page Messages user ID specified with the job was invalid. Resend
Error Description association from AMT if the specified account and
user IDs appear to be correct.
NOT ENOUGH RESOURCES FOR Memory, hard disk, or Accxes software problem.
POSTSCRIPT Use a Serial Connection to view the Accxes boot
spew for specific errors.

Supersedes 11/2011 Service Call Procedures


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 1-9 Printing an Error or Warning Page
Table 1 Error Page Messages Table 1 Error Page Messages
Error Description Error Description
UNSUPPORTED DATA FORMAT The file format was recognized, but is not cur- CONTROLLER FIRMWARE DOWN- Firmware download file was recognized by
rently supported by Accxes. The submitted file LOAD SYNTAX Accxes, but is for a device (scanner, controller,
may not be a valid Accxes data format. If the file is IOT) that Accxes does not understand. Verify that
a valid Accxes data format, this error may be due download file is correct for the device being
to a missing license for a specific format. updated.
UNSUPPORTED TIFF TAG/MODE TIFF-specific error indicating that a TIFF tag has a SCANNER FIRMWARE DOWNLOAD Firmware download file was recognized by
value not supported in the TIFF 6.0 Specification SYNTAX Accxes, but contains errors. Verify that download
or not implemented by controller. This includes file is not corrupt and is correct for the scanner
unsupported compression modes (LZW and being updated.
JPEG). IOT FIRMWARE DOWNLOAD SYN- Firmware download file was recognized by
NOTE: LZW is supported in V12.1 and later. TAX Accxes, but contains errors. Verify that download
INSUFFICIENT OR CORRUPTED Problem with input file. Try opening image with file is not corrupt and is correct for the IOT being
TIFF MAG/MODE TIFF viewing application. updated.
INSUFFICIENT OR CORRUPTED TIFF-specific error indicating that the TIFF Data IOT LANGUAGE DOWNLOAD SYN- Firmware download file was recognized by
TIFF TAGS Format Interpreter did not find essential image TAX Accxes, but contains errors. Verify that download
information in the file. Examples of information file is not corrupt and is correct for the IOT being
deemed essential are: image dimensions (line updated.
width, number of lines), number of bits/pixel, etc. FIRMWARE DOWNLOAD - SYSTEM Firmware update was sent when the system was
DATA FORMAT SYNTAX ERROR Generic error indicating that the Data Format BUSY not idle. System must be idle to perform a firm-
Interpreter could not recover from a syntax error. ware update.
This error may occur if the Automatic Format Rec- INCORRECT CHECKSUM Checksum of downloadable file received does not
ognition module fails to correctly identify the file match the checksum in the header. Check the
type (CALCOMP is being identified as HPGL), or downloadable file and replace if necessary.
if the 8825/8830 DDS is set to a specific input
RASTER STAMP REJECTED Immediate Image Overwrite was enabled when
type and a different file type is submitted for print-
you sent the stamp. Raster stamps are not sup-
ing (Setup Printer Menu is set to emulation=TIFF ported when immediate image overwrite is
and a CALCOMP file is submitted). enabled.
INTERNAL EMULATION ERROR Generic error indicating a corrupted internal state VCGL FRAME SYNC Accxes internal software error. FTP debug log
of the active Data Format Interpreter.
files from controller; forward files to engineering
MULTIPLE STAMP DOWNLOAD Multipage file sent as a stamp. Only single page team.
files are accepted as raster stamps.
VCGL FRAME LIST LENGTH Accxes internal software error. FTP debug log
STAMP NOT FOUND Raster stamp specified via PJL with the user’s job files from controller; forward files to engineering
was not found on the system. Check WebPMT for team.
the actual stamp name. If they match, try re-
INSUFFICIENT MEMORY FOR VCGL Accxes internal software error. FTP debug log
uploading the stamp file.
COMMAND files from controller; forward files to engineering
LABEL GENERATION ERROR Accxes internal software error. FTP debug log team.
files from controller; forward files to engineering UNDEFINED VCGL RASTER STAMP Accxes internal software error. FTP debug log
team.
files from controller; forward files to engineering
FATAL ERROR IN FIRMWARE DOWN- Problem with the firmware download file. team.
LOAD ILLEGAL VCGL FONT DEFINITION Accxes internal software error. FTP debug log
FIRMWARE DOWNLOAD SYNTAX - Firmware download file was recognized by files from controller; forward files to engineering
GENERAL Accxes, but contains errors. Verify that download team.
file is correct for the device being updated.
FAILED TO ALLOCATE PALETTE Accxes rendering is out of memory. FTP debug
STACK log files from controller; forward files to engineer-
ing team.

Service Call Procedures 11/2011 Supersedes


Printing an Error or Warning Page 1-10 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
Table 1 Error Page Messages
Error Description
POLYGON BUFFER MEMORY Accxes rendering is out of memory. FTP debug
ERROR log files from controller; forward files to engineer-
ing team.
POLYGON BLOCK MEMORY ERROR Accxes rendering is out of memory. FTP debug
log files from controller; forward files to engineer-
ing team.
TOO MANY POINTS IN POLYGON Polygon is too complex for Accxes. FTP debug
log files from controller; forward files to engineer-
ing team.
INTERNAL ERROR PROCESSING Accxes internal software error. FTP debug log
POLYGON files from controller; forward files to engineering
team.
UNSUPPORTED JPEG FILE TYPE OR JPEG file may be corrupt or contains tags not
MARKERS understood by Accxes. NOTE: CMYK JPEG files
are not supported by Accxes.
ERROR PROCESSING JPEG Corrupt JPEG file or Accxes internal software
error. Try opening image with TIFF viewing appli-
cation. FTP debug log files from controller; for-
ward files to engineering team.
OS ENABLEMENT NOT INSTALLED OS Enablement feature key is not installed on the
system. This message is for the 8825, 8830,
8850, 510, and 721.
OS AND/OR PRINT KEY NOT OS Enablement or Print Activation feature key is
INSTALLED not installed. This message is for the 6030 and
6050 only.
IMMEDIATE IMAGE OVERWRITE Immediate Image Overwrite failed. Run On
FAILURE Demand Image Overwrite to verify that the disk is
completely clean. If the On Demand Image Over-
write fails, check the hard drive cables, and
replace the hard drive in the system if necessary.
ON-DEMAND IMAGE OVERWRITE On Demand Image Overwrite failed. Try it one
FAILURE more time. If it fails a second time check the hard
drive cables, and replace the hard drive in the
system if necessary.

NOTE: 1 Both supported vector languages (HPGL and CALCOMP) specify that the “pen-
down” operation must cause a mark on paper mimicking the shape of a pen. Such a mark will
cause a partial plot to be generated.

Supersedes 11/2011 Service Call Procedures


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 1-11 Printing an Error or Warning Page
Warning Page Messages Table 2 Warning Page Messages
The following warnings appear on the controller generated Error page if the plot file contained Warning Description
some minor error. The corresponding Data Format Interpreter was able to recover from the
TOO MANY CGM HATCH STYLE DEF- CGM-specific error indicating that the file
error and there should be some hardcopy output. The controller will generate an error page
INITIONS attempted to define more than 32 hatch styles.
with these messages only if Error Level 2 is enabled at the processing Setup menus. The fol-
lowing table is sorted alphabetically. TOO MANY CGM PATTERN STYLE CGM-specific error indicating that the file
DEFINITIONS attempted to define more than 64 patterns.
Table 2 Warning Page Messages UNSUPPORTED CGM ARGUMENTS CGM-specific error indicating that the values/
types of the arguments for the current command
Warning Description
are not supported by the command definition.
UNSUPPORTED HPGL COMMAND The file contains a HPGL command which is not CORRUPTED JPEG HEADER OR JPEG file may be corrupt or contains tags not
supported (neither with full implementation, nor as MARKERS understood by Accxes. NOTE: CMYK JPEG files
a NO-OP). The controller supports all the HPGL are not supported by Accxes.
commands implemented by the HP 758x and
INSUFFICIENT OR CORRUPTED JPEG file may be corrupt or contains tags not
DesignJet 600/650, according to the HP docu-
JPEG DATA understood by Accxes. NOTE: CMYK JPEG files
mentation.
are not supported by Accxes.
UNSUPPORTED HP-RTL COMMAND The file contains a HP-RTL command which is not
supported (neither with full implementation, nor as
a NO-OP). The controller supports all the HP-RTL
commands implemented by the DesignJet 600
and implements a subset of the HP-RTL com-
mands for the DesignJet 650 and NO-OPs the
others.
UNSUPPORTED ARGUMENT(S) HPGL-specific error indicating that one (or more)
HPGL commands had too many or incorrect argu-
ments.
DATA FORMAT SYNTAX ERROR Generic message for any type or syntax error
encountered in any data format. The Data Format
Interpreter re-synchronizes on the next correct
command.
NUMERIC OVERFLOW HPGL-specific error indicating that one (or more)
HPGL commands had arguments with too many
digits. The current controller number range is -
1073741824 to 1073741823 with a maximum of 6
decimal digits.
UNEXPECTED CALCOMP EOM CALCOMP-specific error indicating that the CAL-
COMP EOF byte was encountered in an unex-
pected position (e.g. in the middle of a command).
FILENET GRAYSCALE DATA UNSUP- Multi-bit filenet file received. Accxes only supports
PORTED single-bit filenet.
CGM ILLEGAL NUMBER OF ARGU- CGM file is corrupt or possibly a version not sup-
MENTS ported by Accxes.
ILLEGAL CGM VERSION CGM file may be a version unsupported by
Accxes.
ILLEGAL COMMAND IN CURRENT CGM-specific error indicating that the current
CGM STATE command is illegal for the current state of the
CGM parser state machine (per ISO standard).
TOO MANY CGM LINE STYLE DEFI- CGM-specific error indicating that the file
NITIONS attempted to define more than 32 line styles.

Service Call Procedures 11/2011 Supersedes


Printing an Error or Warning Page 1-12 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
Error Messages Solution: The file system will automatically be repaired. A reboot may occur during this pro-
cess. If the problem was due to an improper shutdown, ensure that Normal Shutdown proce-
Error Messages assist the CSE in troubleshooting the controller and can be viewed by estab- dures are used.
lishing a Serial Connection with the controller. Error messages may be displayed during soft-
ware installation, during Accxes startup/runtime, or as a result of an error at the Service Login
prompt.
Error Message: SIOCGIFADDR on eth0 failed.
Problem: Accxes could not recognize the Ethernet interface during its initialization sequence.
Software Installation Error Messages
Cause: Usually due to an incorrect configuration of the Ethernet interface.

Error Message: Could not find kernel image: xxxxx Solution: Use Viewing IP Address Using ifShow Command and Viewing Network Configura-
Problem: The FreeFlow Accxes Installation / Recovery CD can not find the boot image. tion Using netShow Command to check the status of the Ethernet interface.

Cause: Accxes was not entered at the boot: prompt. Error Message: Accxes not starting.
Problem: Accxes will not start.
Solution: At the boot: prompt, type Accxes and then press <ENTER> to start the installa-
tion.
Cause: The “s” key was pressed during the boot process keeping Accxes from launching.

Error Message: The package <package name> cannot be opened. Solution: Reboot and allow the boot process to proceed without interruption.
Problem: The automated installation procedure on the CD failed.

Cause: Bad media or a problem with the CDROM drive.


Service Login Error Messages
Solution: Perform a Media Check on the FreeFlow Accxes Installation / Recovery CD.

1. If the media check fails, order another FreeFlow Accxes Installation / Recovery CD.
Error Message: shell-init: could not get current directory
Problem: The current directory is unknown.
2. If media check passes, use another known good FreeFlow Accxes Installation / Recovery
CD, if possible. If the second known CD fails, there may be a problem with the CDROM
Cause: When some directories are renamed or deleted, the current directory become invalid.
drive.
Error Message: No Driver Found. Unable to find any devices Solution: Try changing the current directory to the service account’s home directory using %
for the type needed for this installation type. cd /home/service. Then change back to the desired directory.
Problem: OS Install/Recovery CD version 3.0 is being used to install software on an FRX con-
troller. Error Message: getcwd: cannot access parent directories:
No such file or directory
Cause: Installation software does not recognize the FRX hard disk drive. Problem: The current directory is unknown.

Solution: Use OS Install/Recovery CD version 3.1. Cause: When some directories are renamed or deleted, the current directory becomes invalid.

Solution: Try changing the current directory to the service account’s home directory using %
cd /home/service. Then change back to the desired directory.
Accxes Startup/Runtime Error Messages
Error Message: -bash: xxxxx: Command not found
Error Message: Your system appears to have shut down Problem: The command and/or script was unrecognized.
uncleanly.
Problem: Startup has discovered problems with the file system. Cause: The command was mis-typed, or the command/script no longer exists on the system.

Cause: Accxes was shutdown unexpectedly. The may be due to the a Forced Shutdown Solution: Check the command syntax and try again. If the command syntax is correct, use
method or a sudden loss of power to the controller. Software Recovery to reinstall the GNU/Linux operating system.

Supersedes 11/2011 Service Call Procedures


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 1-13 Error Messages
Error Message: -bash: xxxxx: No such file or directory Cause: The specified file does not exist or is in a different location.
Problem: The file or directory was not found.
Solution: Check the file name for proper spelling. Use the full path to the file name.
Cause: The command was mis-typed, or the file is missing from the Accxes file system.
Error Message: usage: kill [ -s signal | -p ] [ -a ] pid...
Solution: Ensure that the required file or directory is in the current directory. If the required file kill -1 [ signal ]
or directory is missing, use Software Recovery to reinstall the GNU/Linux operating system. Problem: Error when trying to run killAccxes.

Error Message: eth0: error fetching interface information: Cause: killAccxes was typed when Accxes was not running. No harm is done by doing this.
Device not found
Problem: The Ethernet device configuration was not found. Solution: Use accxesRunning script to check if Accxes is running before using killAc-
cxes.
Cause: There is a problem with the Ethernet chip or a problem with the Accxes software.
Error Message: usage: networkConfig.pl [OPTIONS] [VALUES]
Solution: Use Software Recovery to reinstall the GNU/Linux operating system. Problem: Error when trying to run ipset.

Error Message: cat: /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ifcfg- Cause: Wrong parameter used with ipset.
eth0: No such file or directory
Solution: See Setting IP Address Using ipset Command for correct usage.
Problem: When attempting to display network information, the configuration file for the Ether-
net device was not found.
Error Message: mount: No medium found
Cause: The file is missing from the Accxes file system. Problem: Unable to mount CDROM drive.

Solution: Try the ifRestore command. If this does not work, use Software Recovery to rein- Cause: mountCD command issued; CDROM not detected.
stall the GNU/Linux operating system.
Solution: Use ejectCD and re-try the mountCD command. If the problem persists, try the CD
Error Message: Login incorrect in another drive if possible. If it works in another drive, there may be a problem with the
CDROM drive in the Accxes controller. Wait a few seconds after inserting the CD.
Problem: Login is not allowed.

Cause: User name and/or password supplied to GNU/Linux was incorrect.


Error Message: mount:/dev/sdb1 is not a valid block device
Problem: Unable to save or restore to a USB device.
Solution: Verify that the user name and password are correct. Make sure that the <Caps
Lock> key is off and that proper capitalization of all user name and password fields is correct. Cause: One of the USB save or restore commands could not find a valid USB storage device.
It is possible that the passwords were somehow changed. If this password still does not work,
use Software Recovery to reinstall the GNU/Linux operating system. Solution: Remove and re-insert the USB storage device and re-try the command. Remove
and re-insert the USB storage device in a different USB port and re-try the command.
Error Message: cat: /etc/sysconfig/system-config-securi-
NOTE: Not all USB storage devices are compatiable with Linux.
tylevel: No such file or directory
Problem: Can not determine or set firewall settings. Error Message: cp: cannot stat /mnt/usb/Accxes/xxxxxx
Problem: Unable to retrieve a file from a USB device.
Cause: The configuration file was deleted from the Accxes file system.
Cause: One of the USB save or restore commands can’t find a file on the USB storage device.
Solution: A backup configuration file is stored on the Hard Disk Drive. Type the command:
firewallConfig.pl - r and press <ENTER> to restore the file. 1. Backup was not performed, or data has been erased from the USB device.
2. There is a problem with the USB device.
Error Message: COULD NOT STAT THAT FILE: No such file or 3. Backup/restore must be done to the same Accxes controller.
directory Solution:
Problem: The ‘downloadCode’ utility could not find the requested file.

Service Call Procedures 11/2011 Supersedes


Error Messages 1-14 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
1. Remove and re-insert the USB storage device and re-try the command. Firmware Download Error Messages
2. Using a PC with a USB port, see if the backup data is on the USB device. The backup
data is stored on the USB device in a directory called “Accxes”. Under the “Accxes” direc- Error Message: (t2650848176: tEmTask):
tory, there is a subdirectory based on the Dell serial number of the Accxes controller.
(t2650848176: tEmTask): <validateCD> CD Rev X.X is
Error Message: Can not execute while Accxes is running!
GREATER THAN X.X. NOT Allowing download.
Problem: Unable to run some diagnostic ulilties.
(t2650848176: tEmTask):
Cause: Some diagnostic utilities can not operate while Accxes is running. (t2650848176: tEmTask): This Accxes dnld requires CD
version X.X or greater
Solution:
(t2650848176: tEmTask):
1. Use killAccxes utility to shut down Accxes. (t2650848176: tEmTask):
2. Use reboot utility and press ‘s’ and <ENTER> when prompted during the reboot to pre- Problem: The firmware download cannot be accepted.
vent Accxes from launching.
Error Message: Accxes exited with unknown status 137. Pro- Cause: The firmware download requires a CD more recent than the one currently installed .
gram aborted.
Solution: A different version of Accxes may be loaded, OR an updated OS Install / Recovery
Problem: Accxes shuts down unxpectedly. CD installed. See the FreeFlow Accxes Compatibility chart in Section 6 for hardware/software
compatibility.
Cause: If killAccxes was used, this is normal. Otherwise a serious error has caused Accxes
to exit unexpectedly.
Error Message: (t2650909616: tEmTask): <validateKernel>
Solution: Reboot to see if the problem persists. If it persists, reboot again capturing messages Kernel Mismatch! NOT Allowing download.
to a file. Compare the captured messages to those in the Normal Boot Messages section. (t2650909616: tEmTask):
(t2650909616: tEmTask): This download file requires one
Error Message: Xerox Wide Format scanner NOT found.
of these Linux kernels:
Problem: Can not detect an attached scanner (Only for scanners using the Firewire PWB).
(t2650909616: tEmTask):
Cause: The testFirewire diagnostic did not find an attached scanner. (t2650909616: tEmTask): 2.6.x-xxxx
Solution: Follow the No Communication with Wide Format Scan System RAP. (t2650909616: tEmTask):
(t2650909616: tEmTask): This controller has kernel:
Error Message: Firewire card not found. 2.6.x-xxxx
Problem: Can not detect a firewire card (Only for scanners using the Firewire PWB). (t2650909616: tEmTask):
Problem: The firmware download cannot be accepted.
Cause: The testFirewire diagnostic did not find the firewire card.
Cause: The firmware download requires a kernel other than the one installed.
Solution: Follow the No Communication with Wide Format Scan System RAP.
Solution: A different version of Accxes may be loaded, OR load an OS Install / Recovery CD
Error Message: checkForScanner FAILED. with the required kernel and re-try the firmware download. See the FreeFlow Accxes Compati-
Problem: Can not detect an attached scanner (Only for scanners using the Firewire PWB). bility chart in Section 6 for hardware/software compatibility.

Cause: The testFirewire diagnostic did not find the firewire card.

Solution: Follow the No Communication with Wide Format Scan System RAP.

Supersedes 11/2011 Service Call Procedures


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 1-15 Error Messages
Normal Boot Messages
INIT: version 2.85 booting
The following section lists the normal boot messages that are displayed on the Laptop PC
Welcome to Fedora Core
when the controller boots up. The messages may look slightly different depending upon the
Press 'I' to enter interactive startup.
Install/Recovery CD version loaded on the controller.
The base of the operating system is installed. Do not press "i" to enter interactive startup, let it
progress automatically.
FreeFlow Accxes Install/Recovery CD Version 2.0 and below
(See FreeFlow Access Compatibility)
Checking filesystems
Checking all file systems.
GNU GRUB version x.xx (640K lower / 513517K upper memory) The rest of the file systems are being examined.
The Linux bootloader has been detected. Total system memory is displayed. A list of available
Linux kernels will follow, typically Accxes has only one. The default kernel will be selected auto-
matically.
INIT: Entering runlevel: 3
We are entering runlevel 3, a multi-user environment without a graphical user interface.

Booting 'Fedora Core (2.6.x-xxxx)'


The Linux kernel is booting.
JBoss detected. Turning port forwarding on
This message will only appear on V3.0 and above of the OS Install/Recovery CD. Support for
the Java based Gen7 Web PMT is being initialized.
Kernel command line: ro root=LABEL=/ console=ttyS0,9600
or (depending upon the CD version)
Type "s <enter>" within x seconds to stop auto-run of Accxes.
kernel /vmlinuz-2.6.16-1.2111_FC4 ro root=LABEL=/ console=ttyS0,9600 A point at which Xerox service can stop the auto-execution of the Accxes application.
The kernel will output messages to the serial port (ttys0) at a baud rate of 9600.

Checking for JBOSS threads...


Intel machine check architecture supported. JBOSS not running.
Intel machine check reporting enabled on CPU#0.
Deleting /usr/java/jboss/server/default/work/jboss.web/localhost...
CPU0: Intel P4/Xeon Extended MCE MSRs (12) available
CPU: Intel(R) Pentium(R) 4 CPU 2.80GHz stepping 04 launchJBoss ID: 1888. Setting priority to 27.
Processor is examined and results reported. CPU speed and type are shown.
run.sh: Missing file: /usr/java/jdk/lib/tools.jar
run.sh: Unexpected results may occur. Make sure JAVA_HOME points to a
JDK and not a JRE.
hda: ATAPI 48X CD-ROM drive, 128kB Cache, UDMA(33) =====================================================================
The CD-ROM drive is detected. JBoss Bootstrap Environment

JBOSS_HOME: /usr/java/jboss
scsi1 : ata_piix
Vendor: ATA Model: WDC WD400JD-75HK Rev: 14.0 JAVA: /usr/java/jdk/bin/java
Type: Direct-Access ANSI SCSI revision: 05
The hard drive is detected. NOTE: The drives for YKE, YKE-N, FRX are SATA, not SCSI. JAVA_OPTS: -Xms128M -Xmx128M -Dprogram.name=run.sh
Fedora Core Linux reports SATA drives as being SCSI, so this is a normal result. "WDC" is the
vendor name (Western Digital), this may vary. Model and Revision number may be different CLASSPATH: /usr/java/jboss/bin/run.jar:/usr/java/jdk/lib/tools.jar
that what is shown above due to changes in hard drive models and firmware. =====================================================================
These messages will only appear on V3.0 and above of the OS Install/Recovery CD. Support
FreeFlow Accxes Install/Recovery CD Version 3.x for the Java based Gen7 Web PMT is being initialized.

(See FreeFlow Access Compatibility)

Service Call Procedures 11/2011 Supersedes


Normal Boot Messages 1-16 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
Removing device: /dev/ifV111_0/iot ... OK (t4143953792: tRootTask): Exiting BOOT_linux with success.
Creating device: /dev/ifV111_0/iot ... OK This indicates that Accxes has initialized and is ready to process print/scan jobs.
Removing device: /dev/ifV111_0/aha ... OK
Creating device: /dev/ifV111_0/aha ... OK
Removing device: /dev/ifP19X_0/iot ... OK (t3727535024: tEmTask): -------------------------------------
Creating device: /dev/ifP19X_0/iot ... OK (t3727535024: tEmTask): | Job ID: 1 Emulation: HPGL DFI
Removing device: /dev/ifP19X_0/aha ... OK (t3727535024: tEmTask): -------------------------------------
Creating device: /dev/ifP19X_0/aha ... OK 721 only: A status print is output during bootup. This is the normal banner screen.
Removing device: /dev/ifP19X_0/duart ... OK
Creating device: /dev/ifP19X_0/duart ... OK Third Party Rendering Messages
Loading module: xpcimod ... OK
These messages are normal and will appear sequentially but may be intersperced with other
Accxes-specific print/scan drivers are being loaded. Lines displayed depend upon the printer
messages. These messages will only appear on controllers that have third party rendering
and scanner hardware configuration. Anything other than "OK" at the end of a line may indicate
enabled.
a problem.
<tpr2-up.sh> Accxes running. (PID: 1952) Launching Xvfb
<tpr2-up.sh> Xvfb PID: .
Creating device: /dev/fxprcom0 ... OK <tpr2-up.sh> Waiting for Xvfb to start...
Creating device: /dev/fxprdat1 ... OK
Creating device: /dev/fxsccom0 ... OK Could not init font path element /usr/X11R6/lib/X11/fonts/TTF/,
Creating device: /dev/fxscdat1 ... OK removing from list!
Loading module: fxscandrv ... OK Could not init font path element /usr/X11R6/lib/X11/fonts/CID/,
Loading module: fxprdrv ... OK removing from list!
Calling chrt on fxprWQ (PID 2055 PRI 70) ... OK Could not init font path element /usr/X11R6/lib/X11/fonts/75dpi/,
Calling chrt on fxsccomWQ (PID 2031 PRI 64) ... OK removing from list!
The following device lines only appear on controllers connected to a 6204 Wide Format Solu- Could not init font path element /usr/X11R6/lib/X11/fonts/100dpi/,
tion. removing from list!

<tpr2-up.sh> Xvfb running. (PID: 1968) Launching imageso


Xerox Wide Format scanner found. <tpr2-up.sh> Waiting for imageso to start...
Validating controller<--->scanner communication <tpr2-up.sh> imageso running. (PID: 1986)
Scanner response received. length = 12 bytes. <tpr2-up.sh> Waiting for windu to start...
Message type = 0x41 commandID: 0x0008 msgDataLength: 1 <tpr2-up.sh> Launch complete!
Command succeeded. Scanner is in APPLICATION mode.
Attached Wide Format Scanner was found and the interface is working. (t2702846896: tEmTask): TPR2 connection failed, attempt 1 of 10.
Waiting and retrying...

Fedora Core release x (xxxxxx) (t2702846896: tEmTask): Successfully connected to TPR2 application!
Kernel 2.6.x-xxxx on an i686
The Linux kernel is up and running.
FreeFlow Accxes Install/Recovery CD Version 4.0 or Later
(See FreeFlow Access Compatibility)
System login:
The login screen for service and/or root accounts.
Red Hat nash version 5.1.19.0.3 starting
Welcome to Fedora Core
(t4143953792: tRootTask): Logging started Press 'I' to enter interactive startup.
The first output from the Accxes application. The base of the operating system is installed. Do not press "i" to enter interactive startup, let it
progress automatically.

Supersedes 11/2011 Service Call Procedures


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 1-17 Normal Boot Messages
Checking filesystems (t4143953792: tRootTask): Logging started
Checking all file systems. The first output from the Accxes application.
The rest of the file systems are being examined.

(t4143953792: tRootTask): Exiting BOOT_linux with success.


Enabling INIT: Entering runlevel: 3 This indicates that Accxes has initialized and is ready to process print/scan jobs.
We are entering runlevel 3, a multi-user environment without a graphical user interface.

(t3727535024: tEmTask): -------------------------------------


Type "s <enter>" within x seconds to stop auto-run of Accxes. (t3727535024: tEmTask): | Job ID: 1 Emulation: HPGL DFI
A point at which Xerox service can stop the auto-execution of the Accxes application. (t3727535024: tEmTask): -------------------------------------
721 only: A status print is output during bootup. This is the normal banner screen.

Checking for JBOSS threads... Third Party Rendering Messages


JBOSS not running.
These messages are normal and will appear sequentially but may be intersperced with other
Deleting /usr/java/jboss/server/default/work/jboss.web/localhost...
messages. These messages will only appear on controllers that have third party rendering
enabled.
Removing device: /dev/ifV111_0/iot ... OK
Creating device: /dev/ifV111_0/iot ... OK <tpr2-up.sh> Accxes running. (PID: 1952) Launching Xvfb
Removing device: /dev/ifV111_0/aha ... OK <tpr2-up.sh> Xvfb PID: .
Creating device: /dev/ifV111_0/aha ... OK <tpr2-up.sh> Waiting for Xvfb to start...
Removing device: /dev/ifP19X_0/iot ... OK
Creating device: /dev/ifP19X_0/iot ... OK <tpr2-up.sh> Xvfb running. (PID: 1968) Launching imageso
Removing device: /dev/ifP19X_0/aha ... OK <tpr2-up.sh> Waiting for imageso to start...
Creating device: /dev/ifP19X_0/aha ... OK <tpr2-up.sh> imageso running. (PID: 1986)
Removing device: /dev/ifP19X_0/duart ... OK <tpr2-up.sh> Waiting for windu to start...
Creating device: /dev/ifP19X_0/duart ... OK <tpr2-up.sh> Launch complete!
Loading module: xpcimod ... OK
Accxes-specific print/scan drivers are being loaded. Lines displayed depend upon the printer (t2702846896: tEmTask): Successfully connected to TPR2 application!
and scanner hardware configuration. Anything other than "OK" at the end of a line may indicate
a problem.

Initializing Memory driver device..


Xerox Wide Format scanner found. Creating device: /dev/xrxMemory Drv
Validating controller<--->scanner communication Loading Accxes specific memory driver to find proper memory to use for
Scanner response received. length = 12 bytes. scanning/printing
Message type = 0x41 commandID: 0x0008 msgDataLength: 1
Command succeeded. Scanner is in APPLICATION mode.
Attached Wide Format Scanner was found and the interface is working. NOTE: Disregard the error messages listed below as this is part of the normal boot-up
sequence.

hub #_#:#.# hub-port-status failed (err = -71)


Fedora Core release x (xxxxxx) hub #_#:#.# connect-debounce failed, port 1 disabled
Kernel 2.6.x-xxxx on an i686
hub #_#:#.# connect disable port 1 (err = -71)
The Linux kernel is up and running. Due to button board initialization on the touch UI. OK.
Beginning of boot

System login:
The login screen for service and/or root accounts.

Service Call Procedures 11/2011 Supersedes


Normal Boot Messages 1-18 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
2 Repair Analysis Procedures (RAPs)
Power On Self Test (POST)............................................................................................ 2-3
Feature Not Enabled RAP............................................................................................... 2-15
E701 Fault Code RAP..................................................................................................... 2-16
No Test Print RAP........................................................................................................... 2-17
Lost Connection to Network RAP.................................................................................... 2-18
No Communication with Wide Format Scan System RAP .............................................. 2-19
No Communication with a 6622/6279/6604/6605 Scanner RAP .................................... 2-20
6204/6604/6605/6279 “Printer Link Down” RAP ............................................................. 2-21
6622 “Printer Link Down” RAP ........................................................................................ 2-22
6204 “Communication Error” RAP .................................................................................. 2-23
No 6204 Printer User Interface RAP ............................................................................... 2-24
No Communication with 6204 FX Scanner RAP ............................................................. 2-25
7142 “Printer Link Down” RAP ........................................................................................ 2-26

Supersedes 11/2011 Repair Analysis Procedures (RAPs)


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 2-1
Repair Analysis Procedures (RAPs) 11/2011 Supersedes
2-2 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
Power On Self Test (POST) Table 2 UXC Power Light Indications

The Power On Self Test (POST) performs basic functional verification tests for all of the major Power Light Problem Description Suggested Resolution
hardware subsystems residing on the Controller System Board. The POST also verifies the Solid Green Power is on and the com- No corrective action is required.
PCI interface logic located on the IOT Interface PWB. puter is operating normally.
Blinks Green Controller is a sleep state.
The YKE, YKE-N, FRX, LVX, UCX, UXC-N and DA0 Controllers use System Lights, Diagnostic
Solid Amber System Board may be faulty Check the Diagnostic Lights to see if
Lights, and Beep Codes to indicate hardware failures with the Controller during the Power On
or incorrectly installed. the specific problem is identified.
Self Test (POST). As the POST executes, the System Lights, Diagnostic Lights, and Beep
Codes will indicate where a failure has occurred. Blinking Amber A Power Supply or a System Check the Diagnostic Lights to see if
Board failure has occurred. the specific problem is identified.
System Lights
Table 3 UXC-N Power Light Indications
System Lights include the Power Light and the Hard Disk Drive Activity Light. Both are
mounted inside the Front Panel. Power Light Problem Description Suggested Resolution
Solid Green Power is on and the com- No corrective action is required.
The Hard Disk Drive Activity Light is used to indicate when the Hard Disk is being accessed
puter is operating normally.
during the POST and during normal operation. If this light does not flash during the POST or
during normal operation, a problem may exist with the Hard Disk. Check the Diagnostic Lights Blinks Green Controller is a sleep state.
for an indication of a Hard Disk failure. Solid Amber Indicates the Check the Diagnostic Lights to see if
POWER_GOOD signal is the specific problem is identified.
The Power Light on the Front Panel can be combined with Beep Codes and/or Diagnostic active and that the power
Lights to indicate hardware errors during the POST. Table 1, Table 2, Table 3, and Table 4 lists supply is probably fine.
the Power Light indication with a description of the problem and a suggested resolution. Blinking Amber A Power Supply or a System Check the Diagnostic Lights to see if
Board failure has occurred. the specific problem is identified.
NOTE: The Power Light on the DA0 is used in conjunction with the Diagnostic Lights to diag-
nose problems. It does not have a stand-alone indication during the system POST to diagnose Table 4 DA0 Power Light Indications
problems.
Power Light Problem Description Suggested Resolution
Table 1 YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX Power Light Indications Solid Blue Power is on and the com- No corrective action is required.
Power Light Problem Description Suggested Resolution puter is operating normally.
Blinks Blue Controller is a sleep state.
Solid Green Power is on and the com- No corrective action is required.
puter is operating normally. Solid Amber Problem with system board Check the Diagnostic Lights to see if
or power supply. the specific problem is identified.
Blinks Green sev- A hardware configuration Check the Diagnostic Lights to see if
Blinking Amber Problem with system board. Check the Diagnostic Lights to see if
eral times then error exists. the specific problem is identified.
the specific problem is identified.
turns off
Solid Yellow System Board may be faulty Check the Diagnostic Lights to see if
or incorrectly installed. the specific problem is identified. Diagnostic Lights
Blinking Yellow A Power Supply or a System Check the Diagnostic Lights to see if The YKE, YKE-N, FRX, LVX, UXC, UXC-N and DA0 each have four diagnostic lights.
Board failure has occurred. the specific problem is identified.
For the YKE
Solid Green and a A problem was detected See Beep Codes for instructions on
Beep Code during while the BIOS was execut- diagnosing the Beep Code. The lights are labeled “A”, “B”, “C”, and “D” and mounted next to the Back Panel Connectors.
Power Up ing. Also check the Diagnostic Lights to see The lights can be either yellow or green and are used to diagnose hardware errors during the
if the specific problem is identified. POST.
Solid Green An integrated System Board Check the Diagnostic Lights to see if
No Beep Code When the Controller is powered up, the patterns or codes on the lights change as the boot pro-
device may be faulty. the specific problem is identified.
Controller Locks cess completes. If the POST portion of the system boot completes successfully, all four lights
display solid green. If the Controller malfunctions during the POST process, the pattern dis-
during power up
played on the lights may help identify where in the process the Controller halted. Table 2 lists
the Diagnostic Light pattern with a problem description and a suggested resolution

Supersedes 11/2011 Repair Analysis Procedures (RAPs)


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 2-3 Power On Self Test (POST)
For the YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 Table 5 YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX Diagnostic Light Indications
The lights are labeled “1”, “2”, “3”, and “4” and mounted on the Front Panel. The lights can be Light Pattern Problem Description Suggested Resolution
either OFF or green and are used to diagnose hardware errors during the POST.
A possible expansion card • Determine if a conflict exist by
When the Controller is powered up, the patterns or codes on the lights change as the boot pro- failure has occurred. removing the suspected bad IOT
Interface PWB or Firewire PWB.
cess completes. If the POST portion of the system boot completes successfully, all four lights
YKE Only Restart the Controller.
display solid green briefly then extinguish. If the Controller malfunctions during the POST pro-
cess, the pattern displayed on the lights may help identify where in the process the Controller • Remove and reinstall the sus-
halted. Table 5 lists the Diagnostic Light pattern with a problem description and a suggested pected bad IOT Interface PWB or
resolution for the YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX controllers. Table 6 lists the Diagnostic Light pattern Firewire PWB.
with a problem description and a suggested resolution for the UXC controller. Table 7 lists the • Perform REP 1.5 or REP 1.6 to
Diagnostic Light pattern with a problem description and a suggested resolution for the UXC-N replace either the IOT Interface
controller. Table 8 lists the Diagnostic Light pattern with a problem description and a suggested PWB or Firewire PWB.
resolution for the DA0 controller. • If problems persists, contact Dell.
A possible Hard Disk failure Reseat all power and data cables and
Table 5 YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX Diagnostic Light Indications
has occurred. restart the Controller.
Light Pattern Problem Description Suggested Resolution
The Controller is in a normal Plug the Controller into a working elec-
off condition or a possible trical outlet and press the Power
pre-BIOS failure has Switch. A possible USB failure has Reinstall all USB devices, check cable
occurred. occurred. connections, and then restart the Con-
troller.

A possible BIOS failure has Perform the Integrated Audio Enable-


occurred; the Controller is in ment procedure. No memory modules are • Remove and reinstall Memory
recovery mode. detected. Module.
• Remove and reinstall Memory
Module 1 at a time.
• Perform REP 1.4 to replace all
A possible processor failure Perform REP 1.8 to replace the Con- Memory Modules.
has occurred. troller Processor. • If problems persists, contact Dell.
Memory modules are • Verify that the Memory Modules
detected but a memory con- are compatible with the Controller.
figuration or compatibility • Remove and reinstall Memory
error exists. Module 1 at a time.
Memory modules are • Remove and reinstall Memory
detected, but a memory fail- Module. • Perform REP 1.4 to replace the
ure has occurred. bad Memory Module.
• Remove and reinstall Memory
Module 1 at a time. • If problems persists, contact Dell.
• Perform REP 1.4 to replace all
Memory Modules.
• If problems persists, contact Dell.

Repair Analysis Procedures (RAPs) 11/2011 Supersedes


Power On Self Test (POST) 2-4 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
Table 5 YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX Diagnostic Light Indications
Light Pattern Problem Description Suggested Resolution
Other failure has occurred. • Ensure that cables are properly
connected to the System Board.
• Remove all cards from the PCI
and PCI-E slots and restart the
computer. If the computer boots,
add the cards back one by one
until you find the faulty one.
• If machine memory has just been
upgraded, the BIOS has detected
the change in memory. Reboot the
controller and verify that the POST
passes. Print a test page to verify
that the amount of system mem-
ory is correct.
• If problems persists, contact Dell.
YKE - All four LEDs will light None.
and remain lit. The Control-
ler is in a normal operating
condition after the POST.

YKE-N/FRX/LVX - All four


LEDs will light momentarily
then extinguish. The Control-
ler is in a normal operating
condition after the POST.

Supersedes 11/2011 Repair Analysis Procedures (RAPs)


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 2-5 Power On Self Test (POST)
Table 6 UXC Diagnostic Light Indications
Light Pattern Problem Description Suggested Resolution
Table 6 UXC Diagnostic Light Indications
A possible motherboard, • Power off computer, leaving the
Light Pattern Problem Description Suggested Resolution
power supply, or peripheral computer plugged in. Press and
The computer is either turned Reseat the power cable in the power failure has occurred. hold the Power Supply Test Button
off or not receiving power. connector on the back of the computer on the back of the power supply
and the electrical outlet. unit.
Bypass power strips, power extension • If the Power Supply Diagnostic
cables, and other power protection Light next to the button illuminates,
devices to verify that the computer Blinking Amber
the problem may be with your sys-
turns on properly. tem board.
Ensure that any power strips being • If the Power Supply Diagnostic
OFF used are plugged into an electrical out- Light does not illuminate, discon-
let and are turned on.
nect all internal and external
Ensure that the electrical outlet is work-
peripherals, and press and hold
ing by testing it with another device,
the Power Supply Test Button. If it
such as a lamp.
illuminates, there could be a prob-
Ensure that the main power cable and lem with a peripheral.
front panel cable are securely con-
• If the Power Supply Diagnostic
nected to the system board.
Light still does not illuminate, dis-
A possible motherboard fail- Unplug the computer. Allow a minute
connect the power supply from the
ure has occurred. for the power to drain. Plug the com-
system board, then press and hold
puter into a working electrical outlet and
the Power Supply Test Button.
press the power button.
• If the light illuminates, there could
be a problem with the system
board.
• If the Power Supply Diagnostic
OFF Light still does not illuminate, the
problem is probably with the power
supply.
No CPU present. Reinstall the processor and restart the
system. If the computer still fails to
A possible coin cell battery boot, inspect the processor socket for
failure has occurred. damage.

Remove the coin cell battery for one


minute, reinstall the battery, and restart.
Steady Amber

Repair Analysis Procedures (RAPs) 11/2011 Supersedes


Power On Self Test (POST) 2-6 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
Table 6 UXC Diagnostic Light Indications Table 6 UXC Diagnostic Light Indications
Light Pattern Problem Description Suggested Resolution Light Pattern Problem Description Suggested Resolution
Memory modules are If two or more memory modules are Possible peripheral card or Remove all cards from the PCI and
detected, but a memory installed, remove the modules, then motherboard failure has PCI-E slots and restart the computer. If
power failure has occurred. reinstall one module and restart the occurred. the computer boots, add the cards back
computer. one by one until you find the faulty one.
If the computer starts normally, con-
tinue to install additional memory mod-
ules (one at a time) until you have
Steady Amber identified a faulty module or reinstalled Steady Amber
all modules without error. A possible motherboard fail- Disconnect all internal and external
If only one memory module is installed, ure has occurred. peripherals, and restart the computer. If
try moving it to a different DIMM con- the computer boots, add the peripheral
nector and restart the computer. back one by one until you find the faulty
If available, install verified working one.
memory of the same type into your
computer.
Steady Amber
A possible CPU or mother- Replace the processor with a known
board failure has occurred. good processor. If the computer still The computer is in a normal Normal operation.
fails to boot, inspect the processor on condition.
socket for damage. The diagnostic lights are not
lit after the computer suc-
cessfully boots to the operat-
ing system.
Steady Amber
BIOS may be corrupt or The computer hardware is operating
missing. normally but the BIOS may be corrupt Steady Green
or missing. A possible processor failure Reseat the processor.
has occurred.

Steady Amber
A possible motherboard fail- Remove all cards from the PCI and
ure has occurred. PCI-E slots and restart the computer. If Steady Green
the computer boots, add the cards back Memory modules are If two or more memory modules are
one by one until you find the bad one. detected, but a memory fail- installed, remove the modules and then
ure has occurred. reinstall one module.
Restart the computer. If the computer
starts normally, continue to install addi-
Steady Amber tional memory modules (one at a time)
Power connector not installed Reseat the 2x2 power connector from until you have identified a faulty module
Steady Green or reinstalled all modules without error.
properly. the power supply unit.
If available, install working memory of
the same type into your computer.

Steady Amber

Supersedes 11/2011 Repair Analysis Procedures (RAPs)


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 2-7 Power On Self Test (POST)
Table 6 UXC Diagnostic Light Indications Table 6 UXC Diagnostic Light Indications
Light Pattern Problem Description Suggested Resolution Light Pattern Problem Description Suggested Resolution
A possible floppy drive or Reseat all power and data cables. Another failure has occurred. Ensure that all hard drive and optical
hard drive failure has drive cables are properly connected to
occurred. the system board. If there is an error
message on the screen identifying a
problem with a device (such as the
floppy drive or hard drive), check the
device to make sure it is functioning
Steady Green Steady Green properly. If the operating system is
A possible USB failure has Reinstall all USB devices and check all attempting to boot from a device (such
occurred. cable connections. as the floppy drive or optical drive),
check system setup to ensure the boot
sequence is correct for the devices
installed on your computer.

Steady Green
No memory modules are If two or more memory modules are
detected. installed, remove the modules then
reinstall one module and restart the
computer.
If the computer starts normally, con-
tinue to install additional memory mod-
ules (one at a time) until you have
Steady Green identified a faulty module or reinstalled
all modules without error.
If available, install working memory of
the same type into your computer.
Memory modules are Ensure that no special requirements for
detected, but a memory con- memory module/connector placement
figuration or compatibility exist. Ensure that the memory you are
error has occurred. using is supported by your computer.

Steady Green
A possible expansion card Determine if a conflict exists by remov-
failure has occurred. ing an expansion card (not a graphics
card) and restarting the computer (see
the "Cards" section for your computer).
If the problem persists, reinstall the
card you removed, then remove a differ-
ent card and restart the computer.
Steady Green Repeat this process for each expansion
card installed. If the computer starts
normally, troubleshoot the last card
removed from the computer for
resource conflicts.

Repair Analysis Procedures (RAPs) 11/2011 Supersedes


Power On Self Test (POST) 2-8 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
Table 7 UXC-N Diagnostic Light Indications
Light Pattern Problem Description Suggested Resolution
Table 7 UXC-N Diagnostic Light Indications
A possible USB failure has Reinstall all USB devices and check all
Light Pattern Problem Description Suggested Resolution
occurred. cable connections.
The computer is either turned Reseat the power cable in the power
off or not receiving power. connector on the back of the computer
No memory modules are • If two or more memory modules
and the electrical outlet.
detected. are installed, remove the modules,
Bypass power strips, power extension
then reinstall one module and
cables, and other power protection
restart the controller. If the con-
devices to verify that the computer troller starts normally, continue to
turns on properly. install additional memory modules
Ensure that any power strips being (one at a time) until you have iden-
used are plugged into an electrical out- tified a faulty module or reinstalled
let and are turned on.
all modules without error.
Ensure that the electrical outlet is work-
• If available, install working mem-
ing by testing it with another device,
ory of the same type into your con-
such as a lamp.
troller.
Ensure that the main power cable and
front panel cable are securely con- • If the problem persists, contact
nected to the system board. Dell.
A possible processor failure Reseat the processor. If the problem Memory modules are • Ensure that no special require-
has occurred. persists, contact Dell. detected, but a memory con- ments for memory module/con-
figuration or compatibility nector placement exist.
error has occurred. • Ensure that the memory you are
using is supported by your com-
Memory modules are • If two or more memory modules
puter (review the specifications
detected, but a memory fail- are installed, remove the modules,
section).
ure has occurred. then reinstall one module and
• If the problem persists, contact
restart the controller. If the con-
Dell.
troller starts normally, continue to
install additional memory modules A Possible expansion card • Determine if a conflict exists by
(one at a time) until you have iden- failure has occurred. removing an expansion card (not a
tified a faulty module or reinstalled graphics card) and restarting the
all modules without error. controller.
• If available, install working mem- • If the problem persists, reinstall
ory of the same type into your con- the card you removed, then
troller. remove a different card and restart
the controller.
• If the Problem persists, contact
Dell. • Repeat this process for each
expansion card installed. If the
A possible graphics card fail- • Reseat any installed graphics
controller starts normally, trouble-
ure has occurred. cards.
shoot the last card removed from
• If available, install a working
the controller for resource con-
graphics card into your controller.
flicts.
• If problem persists, contact Dell. • If the problem persists, contact
A possible hard drive failure Reseat all power and data cables. Dell.
has occurred.

Supersedes 11/2011 Repair Analysis Procedures (RAPs)


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 2-9 Power On Self Test (POST)
Table 7 UXC-N Diagnostic Light Indications
Light Pattern Problem Description Suggested Resolution
Another failure has occurred. • Ensure that all hard drive and opti-
cal drive cables are properly con-
nected to the system board.
• If there is an error message on the
screen identifying a problem with a
device (such as the hard drive),
check the device to make sure it is
functioning properly.
• If the operating system is attempt-
ing to boot from a device (such as
the optical drive), check system
setup to ensure the boot
sequence is correct for the
devices installed on your control-
ler.
• If the problem persists, contact
Dell.

Repair Analysis Procedures (RAPs) 11/2011 Supersedes


Power On Self Test (POST) 2-10 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
Table 8 DA0 Diagnostic Light Indications
Light Pattern Problem Description Suggested Resolution
Table 8 DA0 Diagnostic Light Indications
A possible motherboard, • Power off computer, leaving the
Light Pattern Problem Description Suggested Resolution
power supply, or peripheral computer plugged in. Press and
The computer is either turned Reseat the power cable in the power failure has occurred. hold the Power Supply Test Button
off or not receiving power. connector on the back of the computer on the back of the power supply
and the electrical outlet. unit.
Bypass power strips, power extension • If the Power Supply Diagnostic
cables, and other power protection Light next to the button illuminates,
devices to verify that the computer OFF
the problem may be with your sys-
turns on properly. tem board.
Ensure that any power strips being • If the Power Supply Diagnostic
OFF used are plugged into an electrical out- Light does not illuminate, discon-
let and are turned on.
nect all internal and external
Ensure that the electrical outlet is work-
peripherals, and press and hold
ing by testing it with another device,
the Power Supply Test Button. If it
such as a lamp.
illuminates, there could be a prob-
Ensure that the main power cable and lem with a peripheral.
front panel cable are securely con-
• If the Power Supply Diagnostic
nected to the system board.
Light still does not illuminate, dis-
A possible system board fail- Unplug the computer. Allow a minute
connect the power supply from the
ure has occurred. for the power to drain. Plug the com-
system board, then press and hold
puter into a working electrical outlet and
the Power Supply Test Button.
press the power button.
• If the light illuminates, there could
be a problem with the system
board.
• If the Power Supply Diagnostic
OFF Light still does not illuminate, the
problem is probably with the power
supply.
Memory modules are If two or more memory modules are
detected, but a memory fail- installed, remove the modules and then
ure has occurred. reinstall one module.
Restart the computer. If the computer
starts normally, continue to install addi-
tional memory modules (one at a time)
until you have identified a faulty module
Steady Amber or reinstalled all modules without error.
If available, install working memory of
the same type into your computer.
BIOS may be corrupt or The computer hardware is operating
missing. normally but the BIOS may be corrupt
or missing.

Steady Amber

Supersedes 11/2011 Repair Analysis Procedures (RAPs)


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 2-11 Power On Self Test (POST)
Table 8 DA0 Diagnostic Light Indications Table 8 DA0 Diagnostic Light Indications
Light Pattern Problem Description Suggested Resolution Light Pattern Problem Description Suggested Resolution
A possible system board fail- Remove all cards from the PCI and Memory modules are If two or more memory modules are
ure has occurred. PCI-E slots and restart the computer. If detected, but a memory installed, remove the modules, then
the computer boots, add the cards back power failure has occurred. reinstall one module and restart the
one by one until you find the bad one. computer.
If the computer starts normally, con-
tinue to install additional memory mod-
ules (one at a time) until you have
Steady Amber Steady Blue identified a faulty module or reinstalled
Power connector not installed Reseat the 2x2 power connector from all modules without error.
properly. the power supply unit. If available, install verified working
memory of the same type into your
computer.
A possible hard drive failure Reseat all power and data cables.
has occurred.

Steady Amber
Possible peripheral card or Remove all cards from the PCI and
motherboard failure has PCI-E slots and restart the computer. If
occurred. the computer boots, add the cards back
one by one until you find the faulty one. Steady Blue
A possible USB failure has Reinstall all USB devices and check all
occurred. cable connections.

Steady Amber
A possible system board fail- Disconnect all internal and external
ure has occurred. peripherals, and restart the computer. If
the computer boots, add the peripheral
back one by one until you find the faulty Steady Blue
one. No memory modules are If two or more memory modules are
detected. installed, remove the modules then
reinstall one module and restart the
Steady Amber computer.
A possible coin cell battery Remove the coin cell battery for one If the computer starts normally, con-
failure has occurred. minute, reinstall the battery, and restart. tinue to install additional memory mod-
ules (one at a time) until you have
Steady Blue identified a faulty module or reinstalled
all modules without error.
If available, install working memory of
the same type into your computer.
Steady Amber
Memory modules are Ensure that no special requirements for
A possible processor failure Re-seat the processor. detected, but a memory con- memory module/connector placement
has occurred. figuration or compatibility exist. Ensure that the memory you are
error has occurred. using is supported by your computer.

Steady Blue

Steady Blue

Repair Analysis Procedures (RAPs) 11/2011 Supersedes


Power On Self Test (POST) 2-12 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
Table 8 DA0 Diagnostic Light Indications Beep Codes
Light Pattern Problem Description Suggested Resolution During the POST, the Controller may emit a series of beeps, called a Beep Code, to identify
hardware failures. Beep Codes may also be combined with System Light to indicate hardware
A possible expansion card Determine if a conflict exists by remov-
errors. Table 9 lists the Beep Codes with a possible cause for the YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC-
failure has occurred. ing an expansion card (not a graphics
N controller. Table 10 lists the Beep Codes with a possible cause for the UXC controller. Table
card) and restarting the computer (see
11 lists the Beep Codes with a possible cause for the DA0 controller.
the "Cards" section for your computer).
If the problem persists, reinstall the
Table 9 YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC-N Beep Code Indications
card you removed, then remove a differ-
ent card and restart the computer. Beep Code Cause
Steady Blue Repeat this process for each expansion 2 short beeps BIOS configuration error. If machine memory has just been
card installed. If the computer starts upgraded, the BIOS has detected the change in memory.
normally, troubleshoot the last card Reboot the controller and verify that the POST passes. Print
removed from the computer for a test page to verify that the amount of system memory is
resource conflicts. correct. Possible Controller Battery failure. Perform REP 1.2
A possible system board Clear the CMOS to replace the Controller Battery.
resource and/or hardware Disconnect al internal and external 1-1-2 Microprocessor register failure.
failure has occurred. peripherals and restart the computer. If
1-1-3 NVRAM read/write failure.
the computer boots, add the peripher-
als cards back one by one until you find 1-1-4 ROM BIOS checksum failure.
the bad one. 1-2-1 Programmable interval timer failure.
If problems persists, the system board / 1-2-2 DMA initialization failure.
Steady Blue systerm board component is faulty. 1-2-3 DMA page register read/write failure.
Some other failure has Ensure that all hard drive and optical 1-3 Video memory test failure.
occurred. drive cables are properly connected to
1-3-1 to 2-4-4 Memory not being properly identified or used.
the system board. If there is an error
message on the screen identifying a 3-1-1 Slave DMA register failure.
problem with a device (such as the 3-1-2 Master DMA register failure.
floppy drive or hard drive), check the 3-1-3 Master interrupt mask register failure.
device to make sure it is functioning 3-1-4 Slave interrupt mask register failure.
Steady Blue properly. If the operating system is
3-2-2 Interrupt vector loading failure.
attempting to boot from a device (such
as the floppy drive or optical drive), 3-2-4 Keyboard controller board test failure.
check system setup to ensure the boot 3-3-1 NVRAM power loss.
sequence is correct for the devices 3-3-2 Invalid NVRAM configuration.
installed on your computer. 3-3-4 Video memory test failure.
3-4-1 Screen initialization failure.
3-4-2 Screen retrace failure.
3-4-3 Search for video ROM failure.
4-2-1 No timer tick.
4-2-2 Shutdown failure.
4-2-3 Gate A20 failure.
4-2-4 Unexpected interrupt in protected mode.
4-3-1 Memory failure above address 0FFFFh.
4-3-3 Timer chip counter 2 failure.
4-3-4 Time of day clock stopped.
4-4-1 Serial or parallel port test failure.
4-4-2 Failure to decompress code to shadowed memory.

Supersedes 11/2011 Repair Analysis Procedures (RAPs)


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 2-13 Power On Self Test (POST)
Table 9 YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC-N Beep Code Indications Table 11 DA0 Beep Code Indications
Beep Code Cause Beep Code Cause
4-4-3 Math coprocessor test failure. 4-2-3 Gate A20 failure.
4-4-4 Cache test failure. 4-2-4 Unexpected interrupt in protected mode.
4-3-1 Memory failure above address 0FFFFh.
Table 10 UXC Beep Code Indications 4-3-3 Timer chip counter 2 failure.
Beep Code Cause 4-3-4 Time of day clock stopped.
2 short, 1 long BIOS checksum error. Perform REP 1.2 to replace the Con- 4-4-1 Serial or parallel port test failure.
(During Startup) troller Battery. 4-4-2 Failure to decompress code to shadowed memory.
1 long, 3 short, 2 Memory error. 4-4-3 Math coprocessor test failure.
short 4-4-4 Cache test failure.
(During Startup)
1 short BIOS checksum failure. Possible system board failure.
2 short No memory modules are detected.
3 short Possible system board failure.
4 short RAM Read/Write failure.
5 short Real time clock failure. Possible battery or system board fail-
ure.
6 short Video BIOS Test Failure.

Table 11 DA0 Beep Code Indications


Beep Code Cause
1-1-2 Microprocessor register failure.
1-1-3 NVRAM read/write failure.
1-1-4 ROM BIOS checksum failure.
1-2-1 Programmable interval timer failure.
1-2-2 DMA initialization failure.
1-2-3 DMA page register read/write failure.
1-3-1 to 2-4-4 DIMMs not being properly identified or used.
3-1-1 Slave DMA register failure.
3-1-2 Master DMA register failure.
3-1-3 Master interrupt mask register failure.
3-1-4 Slave interrupt mask register failure.
3-2-2 Interrupt vector loading failure.
3-2-4 Keyboard controller board test failure.
3-3-1 NVRAM power loss.
3-3-2 NVRAM configuration.
3-3-4 Video memory test failure.
3-4-1 Screen initialization failure.
3-4-2 Screen retrace failure.
3-4-3 Search for video ROM failure.
4-2-1 No timer tick.
4-2-2 Shutdown failure.

Repair Analysis Procedures (RAPs) 11/2011 Supersedes


Power On Self Test (POST) 2-14 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
Feature Not Enabled RAP
This procedure is used to determine whether or not a feature key is enabled. Either a mistake
may have been made when entering information requesting the feature key through the feature
key website or a part was replaced that requires a new feature key using the parts new MAC
address.

Initial Actions
• Make a printer configuration test print.
Procedure
Refer to the test print. The test print indicates that the desired features are present.
Y N
The feature keys are not installed or an error occured during the installation process.
1. Go to https://www.xeroxlicensing.xerox.com/coupon and follow the instructions
on the screen to reinstall the feature keys. After submitting the information, verify
that all information on the Summary Page is correct and click on the “Download Fea-
ture Key (file)” button. A “Save As” dialog box will appear. Save the file to the hard
drive.

NOTE: Rename the file to a meaningful name. Changing the file name will not affect
the system’s ability to read the file.

2. Submit the file to the system using the DST or the Web PMT.
3. After waiting 60 seconds, reboot the printer, scanner, and controller.
4. Print a configuration test print to verify the feature is present and enabled.
5. Place the test print, along with a record of the Coupon ID, in the service logbook
located in the door panel of the printer.
6. Ask the customer to store the feature key file in a safe place, together with the driver
and firmware diskettes and CD’s.

The test print indicates that the desired features are enabled.
Y N
Escalate the call.

Verify proper operation of the desired feature. If the feature still does not function correctly,
escalate the call.

Supersedes 11/2011 Repair Analysis Procedures (RAPs)


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 2-15 Feature Not Enabled RAP
E701 Fault Code RAP
An E701 Fault Code, displayed on the 8825, 8830, 8850, or 510 Printer Control Panel, indi-
cates a communications problem between the Printer and the Controller. The problem could be
in the printer, in the Controller, or in the interconnecting ribbon cable.

Initial Actions
• Check that the cable connection between the printer and the controller is properly seated.
• Check that the IOT Interface PWB is properly seated. Go to REP 1.5.
• Validate that the IOT Interface PWB is the right part number (refer to Printer Enablement
Kits Figure 1).
Procedure
NOTE: Switch off the system in the following order: Scanner (if DS), Printer, Controller.
Switch on the power in the following order: Scanner (if DS), Printer, Controller. Please wait for
the Controller to boot up all the way. This may take 2-3 minutes to complete.

The E701 Fault Code is displayed on the Printer Control Panel.


Y N
Perform System Check / Final Action. Go to System Checkout .

While the E701 Fault Code is still displayed, observe the state of the Diagnostic Lights. Go to
Power On Self Test (POST) in this section. The displayed LED pattern is normal.
Y N
Use the System Lights, Diagnostic Lights, and Beep Codes to troubleshoot the problem.

The Controller Power Supply PS1 voltages are correct. Go to Block Schematic Diagrams
in Section 7.
Y N
Replace the Power Supply. Go to REP 1.7.

System Board connections are loose or disconnected.


Y N
Reconnect any loose connections. Go to System Board Connectors.

The IOT Interface PWB and mating connectors are seated properly.
Y N
Reseat the IOT Interface PWB and mating connectors (see REP 1.5).

Memory Modules are seated properly.


Y N
Reseat the Memory Modules (see REP 1.4).

Replace the following in the order listed:


1. IOT Interface PWB (Go to REP 1.5)
2. System Board (Go to REP 1.9)
3. Memory Modules (Go to REP 1.4)

Repair Analysis Procedures (RAPs) 11/2011 Supersedes


E701 Fault Code RAP 2-16 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
No Test Print RAP
A controller attached to a 721p Printer should produce a test print when power is switched on.
If the test print is not produced, the problem could be in the printer, in the controller, or in the
interconnecting cable.

Initial Actions
• Check that the cable connection between the 721p printer and the controller is properly
seated. Use channel “A” for 721p.
• Check that the IOT Interface PWB is properly seated. Go to REP 1.5.
• Validate that the IOT Interface PWB is the right part number (refer to Printer Enablement
Kits Figure 1).
Procedure
NOTE: Switch off the system in the following order: Scanner (if DDS), Printer, Controller.
Switch on the power in the following order: Scanner (if DDS), Printer, and the Controller.

A test print is not produced when the system is switched on.


Y N
Perform System Check / Final Action. Go to System Checkout .

Observe the state of the Diagnostic Lights. Go to Power On Self Test (POST) in this section.
The displayed LED pattern is normal.
Y N
Use the System Lights, Diagnostic Lights, and Beep Codes to troubleshoot the problem.

The Controller Power Supply PS1 voltages are correct. Go to Block Schematic Diagrams
in Section 7.
Y N
Replace the Power Supply. Go to REP 1.7.

System Board connections are loose or disconnected.


Y N
Reconnect any loose connections. Go to System Board Connectors.

The IOT Interface PWB and mating connectors are seated properly.
Y N
Reseat the IOT Interface PWB and mating connectors (see REP 1.5).

Memory Modules are seated properly.


Y N
Reseat the Memory Modules (see REP 1.4).

Replace the following in the order listed:


1. IOT Interface PWB (Go to REP 1.5)
2. System Board (Go to REP 1.9)
3. Memory Modules (Go to REP 1.4)

Supersedes 11/2011 Repair Analysis Procedures (RAPs)


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 2-17 No Test Print RAP
A
Lost Connection to Network RAP Y N
Power the Controller off then on, but do not stop the port spew. Check the spew for
The purpose of this procedure is to assist you in troubleshooting a suspected network problem.
an error messages, reference Error Messages in section 1.
If there is no obvious error, try the following:
Initial Actions • Software Recovery
• Check to ensure that all cables are fully seated at the workstation, controller, and printer. • Replace the System Board (REP 1.9)
• For 8825, 8830, 8850, 510 and 7142 printers, print a Configuration Test Print and ensure
that the appropriate Communication Parameters are set correctly and/or enabled. Go to the Workstation Checkout Procedure.
• For 6204 with FreeFlow Accxes:
Ask the customer for permission to connect the workstation network cable to the laptop PC.
1. Press the Menu button on the UI panel.
Use the same TCP/IP parameters on the laptop PC as the workstation. Using the WebPMT
2. Select Setup.
send a test print. The Test Print prints okay.
3. Select Network Settings. Y N
4. Select TCP/IP. Inform the customer that there may be a problem with their network.
5. Verify IP, Subnet Mask, and Gateway settings.
Go to the Workstation Checkout Procedure.
• For 6279, 6604/6605, or 6622:
1. Press the Machine Information button on the Touch Screen panel.
2. Press the Administration tab on the Touch Screen panel.
3. Press the Network Setup button on the Touch Screen panel.
4. Verify IP, Subnet Mask, and Gateway settings.
• Check that the Amber/Yellow network port LEDs are ON/blinking. For normal operation,
the network port LEDs on the controller indicate the following:
– Amber LED - ON (indicates that a network cable is connected to the port)
– Yellow LED - Blinking when there is network traffic
If the Yellow LED is ON and is not blinking, it is a definite indication that the network is
suspect since there is usually constant traffic on a network.
Procedure
The controller network port Amber LED is ON.
Y N
Check the following in the order listed:
• Ensure that the network cable is connected to the customers network.
• Use another network cable to connect the controller to the network.
• Replace the System Board (REP 1.9).

The controller network port Yellow LED is blinking.


Y N
Use Viewing Network Configuration Using netShow Command to verify the controller net-
work settings. The controller network settings are okay.
Y N
Configure the controller network settings. For static IPV4 IP addressing using Setting
IP Address Using ipset Command and Setting Network Speed/Duplex using netSet
Command. If the customer uses DHCP use Setting IP Address for DHCP Using
dhcpSet Command. If the customer uses DDNS use Setting IP Address for DDNS
Using dhcpSet Command.

Ping the gateway to test the controller network port. Type ping -c 5 xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx at
the service prompt (where xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx denotes the controller’s assigned IP
address). The controller communicates with the laptop PC.

A
Repair Analysis Procedures (RAPs) 11/2011 Supersedes
2-18 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
A B C
No Communication with Wide Format Scan System RAP Resume scanning operations.

The following procedure can be used to troubleshoot a firewire communication problem Resume scanning operations.
between the controller and Wide Format Scan System.
Power the Controller OFF/ON. Attempt to scan a document. Scan is successful.
Initial Actions Y N
• Ensure that the firewire cable is fully seated in the Scanner port and Accxes Controller Perform a Software Recovery and attempt to scan a document. Scan is successful.
port. Y N
Procedure Perform the following in the order listed:
1. Replace the Firewire Cable
Check the rear of the Scanner for a “P.”. A “P.” is displayed.
2. Reseat the Firewire PWB
Y N
Establish a Serial Connection with the Controller and go to the Service Login prompt. 3. Replace Firewire PWB (REP 1.6)
Remove then reinstall the firewire cable from the rear of the Scanner. Check the Laptop
PC screen for the message “1394 BUS RESET RECIEVED”. Message is displayed. Resume scanning operations.
Y N
Power OFF/ON the Scanner. Communication is restored with the Controller. Resume scanning operations.
Y N
At the service prompt type killAccxes and press <ENTER> to shutdown the
Accxes application. At the service prompt type testFirewire and press
<ENTER>. Verify that the following messages are displayed as shown in Figure
1.
raw1394 module found
ohci1394 module found
Modules are found.
Y N
If one or all of the modules are not found, the testFirewire script will
automatically try to re-install them. Once the modules are installed, com-
munication with the Scanner should resume. If not, go the the No Commu-
nication with Wide Format Scan System RAP.

Check that the Firewire PWB is installed. Verify that the following message is
displayed as shown in Figure 1.
Firewire card found: nodes = 2, driver = ohci1394
Firewire PWB is found.
Y N
Remove and reseat the Firewire PWB. If communication is still not Figure 1 testFirewire Output
restored, perform REP 1.6 to replace the Firewire PWB.

Check that the Scanner is found. Verify that the following message is displayed
as shown in Figure 1.
Xerox wide Format scanner found.
Scanner is found.
Y N
Perform the following in the order listed:
1. Replace the Firewire Cable
2. Reseat the Firewire PWB
3. Replace the Firewire PWB (REP 1.6)

Consult the Scanner service documentation to troubleshoot a Scanner firewire


communication problem.

A B C
Supersedes 11/2011 Repair Analysis Procedures (RAPs)
Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 2-19
No Communication with a 6622/6279/6604/6605 Scanner
RAP
The following procedure can be used to troubleshoot a USB communication problem between
the controller and scanner on a 6622, 6279 or 6604/6605.

Initial Actions
• Ensure that the USB cable is fully seated in the Scanner port and Accxes Controller port.
• For 6604/6605, verify that the Top Cover is closed.
• Verify that input power is available to the scanner.
• Verify that the scanner power switch is set to ON.
• Enter Controller Diagnostics by using the Serial Connection procedure in Section 6.
• Use the Service Login procedure to login to the Accxes software.
Procedure
At the Service Login prompt, type “idUSB” and press <ENTER>. Verify that the controller is
communicating with the Scanner. The controller is communicating with the scanner.
Y N
Swap the USB cable, connecting the Scanner to the controller, with a known good USB
cable. At the Service Login prompt, type “idUSB” and press <ENTER>. Verify that the
controller is communicating with the Scanner. The controller is communicating with
the scanner.
Y N
Move the scanner USB plug, connected to the controller, to another known good port
on the controller. At the Service Login prompt, type “idUSB” and press <ENTER>.
Verify that the controller is communicating with the Scanner. The controller is
communicating with the scanner.
Y N
Use the printer/scanner service documentation to troubleshoot a scanner com-
munication problem.

The USB port on the controller is bad. Use another available USB port and continue
normal operation. If there is no available USB port, replace the broken USB port on
the controller.

The USB cable, connecting the Scanner to the controller, was bad. Order a new USB
cable.

The controller is communicating with the scanner. If a problem exists with scanning docu-
ments, consult the printer/scanner service documentation to troubleshoot a scanning problem.

Repair Analysis Procedures (RAPs) 11/2011 Supersedes


2-20 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
6204/6604/6605/6279 “Printer Link Down” RAP
If communications between the controller and the 6204/6604/6605/6279 Copier/Printer IOT
PWB is severed, the 6204/6604/6605/6279 User Interface (UI) will display “Printer Link Down”
in the status area of the display. Communication between the controller and IOT PWB takes
place across a USB cable connected between any USB port on the controller and the IOT
PWB. The following procedure can be used to troubleshoot a problem with the communication
link between the controller and 6204/6604/6605/6279 Copier/Printer.

Initial Actions
Check the following:

• Verify that the USB cable is connected between any USB port on the controller and the
IOT PWB.
• Enter Controller Diagnostics by using the Serial Connection procedure in Section 6.
• Use the Service Login procedure to login to the Accxes software.
Procedure
NOTE: The “idUSB” command is only available with OS 4.3 or later.

At the Service Login prompt, type “idUSB” and press <ENTER>. Verify that the controller is
communicating with the Printer. The controller is communicating with the Printer.
Y N
One the PWS screen, verify that the controller is communicating with the Power Module.
The contrller is communicating with the Power Module.
Y N
Verify that the 6204/6604/6605/6279 printer firmware is loaded on the controller.
Reload the 6204/6604/6605/6279 firmware on the controller.

Swap the USB cable, connecting the IOT to the controller, with a known good USB cable.
At the Service Login prompt, type “idUSB” and press <ENTER>. Verify that the controller
is communicating with the Printer. The controller is communicating with the Printer.
Y N
Connect the controller side of the USB cable to another USB port on the controller.
Power down then power up the controller. After approximately 2 minutes, the
printer UI indicates that the printer link is up.
Y N
Replace the 6204/6604/6605/6279 IOT PWB.

Resume operation. Replace the controller motherboard when necessary.

Replace the USB cable. Resume normal operation.

Verify that the 6204/6604/6605/6279 printer firmware is loaded on the controller. Reload the
6204/6604/6605/6279 firmware on the controller.

Supersedes 11/2011 Repair Analysis Procedures (RAPs)


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 2-21
6622 “Printer Link Down” RAP
An E701 Fault Code, displayed on the 6622 Printer Control Panel, indicates a communications
problem between the Printer and the Controller. The problem could be in the printer, in the
Controller, or in the interconnecting ribbon cable.

Initial Actions
• Check that the cable connection between the printer and the controller is properly seated.
• Check that the IOT Interface PWB is properly seated. Go to REP 1.5.
• Validate that the IOT Interface PWB is the right part number (refer to Printer Enablement
Kits Figure 1).
Procedure
NOTE: Switch off the system in the following order: Scanner (if DS), Printer, Controller.
Switch on the power in the following order: Scanner (if DS), Printer, Controller. Please wait for
the Controller to boot up all the way. This may take 2-3 minutes to complete.

The E701 Fault Code is displayed on the Printer Control Panel.


Y N
Perform System Check / Final Action. Go to System Checkout .

While the E701 Fault Code is still displayed, observe the state of the Diagnostic Lights. Go to
Power On Self Test (POST) in this section. The displayed LED pattern is normal.
Y N
Use the System Lights, Diagnostic Lights, and Beep Codes to troubleshoot the problem.

The Controller Power Supply PS1 voltages are correct. Go to Block Schematic Diagrams
in Section 7.
Y N
Replace the Power Supply. Go to REP 1.7.

System Board connections are loose or disconnected.


Y N
Reconnect any loose connections. Go to System Board Connectors.

The IOT Interface PWB and mating connectors are seated properly.
Y N
Reseat the IOT Interface PWB and mating connectors (see REP 1.5).

Memory Modules are seated properly.


Y N
Reseat the Memory Modules (see REP 1.4).

Replace the following in the order listed:


1. IOT Interface PWB (Go to REP 1.5)
2. System Board (Go to REP 1.9)
3. Memory Modules (Go to REP 1.4)

Repair Analysis Procedures (RAPs) 11/2011 Supersedes


6622 “Printer Link Down” RAP 2-22 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
6204 “Communication Error” RAP
If communications between the controller and the 6204 Copier/Printer User Interface (UI) fails,
the printer UI will display “Communication Error” in the status area of the display. Communica-
tion between the controller and 6204 UI takes place across a serial cable connected between
the USB I/O PWB on the 6204 Access PWB Assembly and the Accxes Harness Interface PWB
also on the 6204 Access PWB Assembly. The following procedure can be used to troubleshoot
a “Communication Error” between the controller and the 6204 UI.

Initial Actions
Perform the following:

• Reboot the controller.


• Verify that the serial cable is connected between J2 of the USB I/O PWB on the 6204
Access PWB Assembly and J2 of the Accxes Harness Interface PWB also on the 6204
Access PWB Assembly.
• Verify that P409 is connected to J409 on the Accxes Harness Interface PWB.
Procedure
Power down the controller and printer. Replace the 6204 Access PWB Assembly. Power up
the controller. After approximately 2 minutes, the 6204 User Interface indicates that the
printer is ready.
Y N
Replace the 6204 User Interface.

Resume operation.

Supersedes 11/2011 Repair Analysis Procedures (RAPs)


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 2-23
No 6204 Printer User Interface RAP
If the controller fails to power up the 6204, the printer User Interface (UI) will be blank. The con-
troller initiates the 6204 power up via a USB cable connected between any USB port on the
controller and the USB I/O PWB on the 6204 Access PWB Assembly. The following procedure
can be used to troubleshoot a blank UI on the 6204.

Initial Actions
Check the following:

• Verify that the 6204 AC power source has power.


• Verify that one end of the printer power cable is connected to the rear of the printer and
that the other end is connected to an AC power source.
• Verify that Circuit Breaker CB1-1 on the 6204 Copier/Printer is set to ON.
• Verify that Standby Switch S1-1 on the 6204 Copier/Printer is set to ON.
• Verify that the USB cable is connected between any USB port on the controller and the
USB I/O PWB on the 6204 Access PWB Assembly.
• Verify that the ribbon cable is connected between J4 of the USB I/O PWB on the 6204
Access PWB Assembly and J4 of the Accxes Harness Interface PWB also on the 6204
Access PWB Assembly.
• Verify that the UI Power Save button is not lit. If the Power Save button is lit, the 6204 is in
Sleep Mode. To exit Sleep Mode, press the Power Save button.
Procedure
Connect the controller side of the USB cable to another USB port on the controller. Power
down then power up the controller. After approximately 2 minutes, the 6204 Copier/Printer
powers up and User Interface indicates that the printer is ready.
Y N
Replace the USB cable connecting the controller to the USB I/O PWB on the 6204
Access PWB Assembly. Power down then power up the controller. After approximately
2 minutes, the 6204 Copier/Printer powers up and User Interface indicates that the
printer is ready.
Y N
Replace the 6204 Access PWB Assembly.

Resume operation.

Resume operation. Replace the controller motherboard when necessary.

Repair Analysis Procedures (RAPs) 11/2011 Supersedes


2-24 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
No Communication with 6204 FX Scanner RAP
If communications between the controller and the 6204 Copier/Printer IIT PWB fails, the printer
User Interface (UI) will not display any fault code or message. However, the UI will not contain
any scanner functionality selections. This indicates that communications between the control-
ler and FX Scanner is down. Communication between the controller and IIT PWB takes place
across a USB cable connected between any USB port on the controller and the IIT PWB. The
following procedure can be used to troubleshoot a problem with the communication link
between the controller and 6204 Copier/Printer FX Scanner.

Initial Actions
Check the following:

• Verify that the USB cable is connected between any USB port on the controller and the
6204 Copier/Printer IIT PWB.
Procedure
Connect the controller side of the USB cable to another USB port on the controller. Power
down then power up the controller. After approximately 2 minutes, the printer UI indicates
that FX Scanner functionality is present.
Y N
Replace the USB cable connecting the controller to the IIT PWB. Power down then power
up the controller. After approximately 2 minutes, the printer UI indicates that FX
Scanner functionality is present.
Y N
Replace the 6204 IIT PWB.

Resume operation.

Resume operation. Replace the controller motherboard when necessary.

Supersedes 11/2011 Repair Analysis Procedures (RAPs)


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 2-25
7142 “Printer Link Down” RAP
If communication between the WebPMT utility and 7142 printer is not achieved during install,
or is lost unexpectantly the issue could reside with IP addresses and BiDir Port values not
matching up between the WebPMT utility and the 7142 printer.

Initial Actions
Check the following:

• Verify that all network connections are good.


• Communication with the WebPMT utility is active.
Procedure
Refer to the following steps for communication resolution. An error message appears in the
Remote Printer tab of the WebPMT interface. Error message states: “unable to con-
nect”
Y N
The error message on the WebPMT states unable to connect, in place of the “Link is up”
message.
1. Launch the WebPMT utility using the 7142’s IP address.
2. Select the Utilities tab, followed by the Remote Printer tab.
3. Verify the error message on the WebPMT UI.
4. Locate the 7142 control panel interface.
5. Select the Menu hard button and toggle through the menues by using the right arrow
hard button on the 7142 control panel interface.
6. Locate the option for Network in the UI screen, and select the Enter hard button.
7. Record the IP address as listed in the 7142 UI screen.
8. Select the Cancel hard button.
9. Select the right arrow hard button to toggle through the menu options and locate the
option for BiDir Port.
10. Select the Enter hard button.
11. Record the value (ex.10610).
12. At the WebPMT utility, enter in the IP address and BiDir Port values into the appro-
prriate fields.
13. Select the Update Printer soft button on the WebPMT UI.

Verify from the WebPMT UI screen that the following message appears: “The Printer Link is
up.”

Repair Analysis Procedures (RAPs) 11/2011 Supersedes


2-26 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
4 Repairs and Adjustments
REP 1.1 Controller Cover................................................................................................ 4-3
REP 1.2 Controller Battery.............................................................................................. 4-7
REP 1.3 Hard Disk Drive................................................................................................. 4-10
REP 1.4 Memory Modules (RAM) ................................................................................... 4-15
REP 1.5 IOT Interface PWB............................................................................................ 4-20
REP 1.6 Firewire PWB .................................................................................................... 4-25
REP 1.7 Power Supply.................................................................................................... 4-29
REP 1.8 Processor.......................................................................................................... 4-34
REP 1.9 System Board ................................................................................................... 4-42
REP 1.10 CDROM Drive................................................................................................. 4-47
REP 1.11 Card Cage ...................................................................................................... 4-50
REP 1.12 I/O Panel......................................................................................................... 4-52
REP 1.13 6622 Interface PWB........................................................................................ 4-56
REP 1.14 RS-232 PCI Serial PWB ................................................................................. 4-57
REP 1.15 Power Supply Unit (PSU) Thermal Sensor..................................................... 4-58
REP 1.16 Front Thermal Sensor ..................................................................................... 4-59

Supersedes 11/2011 Repairs and Adjustments


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 4-1
Repairs and Adjustments 11/2011 Supersedes
4-2 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
REP 1.1 Controller Cover
Parts List on YKE PL 8.2
Parts List on YKE-N PL 8.4
Parts List on FRX PL 8.5
Parts List on LVX PL 8.7
Parts List on UXC PL 8.9
Parts List on UXC-N PL 8.11
Parts List on DA0 PL 8.13
For YKE
Removal
The YKE Controller Cover has two locking pins that secure the cover in the closed position.
When the pins are disengaged, the cover pivots up on hinges to allow access to the internal
components of the controller.

WARNING Figure 1 YKE Release Buttons


Do not perform repair activities with the power on or electrical power supplied to the
machine. Some machine components contain dangerous electrical voltages that can 1 Security Cable Slot
result in electrical shock and possible serious injury. 2 Padlock Ring
DANGER: Ne pas effectuer de dépannnage avec le contact principal activé ou avec l'ali- 3 Release Buttons (one on each side)
mentation électrique appliquée à la machine. Certains éléments de la machine compor-
tent des tensions électriques dangereuses qui peuvent causer un choc électrique et de
graves blessures.
CAUTION
The following components in the FreeFlow Accxes Controller are susceptible to electrostatic
discharge. Observe all ESD procedures to avoid component damage.

NOTE: When you disconnect a cable, pull on its connector or on its strain-relief loop, not on
the cable itself. Some cables have a connector with locking tabs; if you are disconnecting this
type of cable, press in on the locking tabs before you disconnect the cable. As you pull connec-
tors apart, keep them evenly aligned to avoid bending any connector pins. Also, before you
connect a cable, ensure that both connectors are correctly oriented and aligned.

1. Perform the Controller Shutdown procedure.


2. Unplug the controller power cord from the power outlet and disconnect the cord from the
controller.
3. Disconnect the network cable connector, the IOT Interface PWB cable connector, and the
Firewire PWB cable connector from the controller.
4. Locate the two release buttons shown in Figure 1. Press the two release buttons as you
lift the cover.
5. Raise the cover up and pivot it toward the front of the controller.

Supersedes 11/2011 Repairs and Adjustments


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 4-3 REP 1.1
Replacement 5. Reconnect the network cable connector, the IOT Interface PWB cable connector, and the
Firewire PWB cable connector from the controller.
1. Ensure that all cables are connected, and fold cables out of the way as shown in Figure 2.
6. Reconnect the controller power cord.

Figure 2 YKE Controller Internal Cabling

1 Floppy Drive Data Cable


2 CDROM Drive Data Cable
3 Control Panel Cable
4 Serial ATA Drive Power Cable
5 Serial ATA Drive Data Cable
6 12v Power Cable
7 Front Input / Audio Cable

2. Gently pull the power cables toward you so that they do not get caught underneath the
drives
3. Ensure that no tools or extra parts are left inside the computer
4. Close the cover:
a. Pivot the cover down
b. Press down on the right side of the cover until it closes
c. Press down on the left side of the cover until it closes

Repairs and Adjustments 11/2011 Supersedes


REP 1.1 4-4 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
For YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N
Removal
The YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N Controller Cover has a single locking pin that secures the
cover in the closed position. When the pin is disengaged, the cover pivots on hinges to allow
access to the internal components of the controller.

WARNING
Do not perform repair activities with the power on or electrical power supplied to the
machine. Some machine components contain dangerous electrical voltages that can
result in electrical shock and possible serious injury.
DANGER: Ne pas effectuer de dépannnage avec le contact principal activé ou avec l'ali-
mentation électrique appliquée à la machine. Certains éléments de la machine compor-
tent des tensions électriques dangereuses qui peuvent causer un choc électrique et de
graves blessures.
CAUTION
The following components in the FreeFlow Accxes Controller are susceptible to electrostatic
discharge. Observe all ESD procedures to avoid component damage.

NOTE: When you disconnect a cable, pull on its connector or on its strain-relief loop, not on
the cable itself. Some cables have a connector with locking tabs; if you are disconnecting this
type of cable, press in on the locking tabs before you disconnect the cable. As you pull connec-
tors apart, keep them evenly aligned to avoid bending any connector pins. Also, before you
connect a cable, ensure that both connectors are correctly oriented and aligned. Figure 3 YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N Release Button
1. Perform the Controller Shutdown procedure.
2. Unplug the controller power cord from the power outlet and disconnect the cord from the 1 Security Cable Slot
controller. 2 Cover Release Latch
3. Disconnect the network cable connector, the IOT Interface PWB cable connector, and the 3 Padlock Ring
Firewire PWB cable connector from the controller.
4. Locate the Cover Release Latch shown in Figure 3. Slide the Cover Release Latch as you Replacement
lift the cover.
1. Ensure that all cables are connected, and fold cables out of the way.
5. Pivot the cover up using the hinge tabs as leverage points.
2. Ensure that no tools or extra parts are left inside the computer
6. Remove the cover from the hinge tabs and set it aside on a soft nonabrasive surface.
3. Insert the cover in the hinge tabs and press down on the cover until it closes and the
Cover Release Latch clicks to secure the cover.
4. Reconnect the network cable connector, the IOT Interface PWB cable connector, and the
Firewire PWB cable connector from the controller.
5. Reconnect the controller power cord.

Supersedes 11/2011 Repairs and Adjustments


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 4-5 REP 1.1
For DA0
Removal
The DA0 Controller Cover has a single locking pin that secures the cover in the closed posi-
tion. When the pin is disengaged, the cover pivots on hinges to allow access to the internal
components of the controller.

WARNING
Do not perform repair activities with the power on or electrical power supplied to the
machine. Some machine components contain dangerous electrical voltages that can
result in electrical shock and possible serious injury.
DANGER: Ne pas effectuer de dépannnage avec le contact principal activé ou avec l'ali-
mentation électrique appliquée à la machine. Certains éléments de la machine compor-
tent des tensions électriques dangereuses qui peuvent causer un choc électrique et de
graves blessures.
CAUTION
The following components in the FreeFlow Accxes Controller are susceptible to electrostatic
discharge. Observe all ESD procedures to avoid component damage.

NOTE: When you disconnect a cable, pull on its connector or on its strain-relief loop, not on Figure 4 DA0 Top Cover Latch
the cable itself. Some cables have a connector with locking tabs; if you are disconnecting this
type of cable, press in on the locking tabs before you disconnect the cable. As you pull connec- 5. Lift the cover up to a 45 degree angle and remove the cover.
tors apart, keep them evenly aligned to avoid bending any connector pins. Also, before you
connect a cable, ensure that both connectors are correctly oriented and aligned.

1. Perform the Controller Shutdown procedure.


2. Unplug the controller power cord from the power outlet and disconnect the cord from the
controller.
3. Disconnect the network cable connector, the IOT Interface PWB cable connector, and the
Firewire PWB cable connector from the controller.
4. Locate the Cover Release Latch shown in Figure 4. Pull the Cover Release Latch.

Figure 5 DA0 Top Cover Removal

Replacement
1. Ensure that all cables are connected, and fold cables out of the way and that no tools of
extra parts are left inside the computer..
2. Insert the cover in the hinge tabs and press down on the cover until it closes and the
Cover Release Latch clicks to secure the cover.
3. Reconnect the network cable connector, the IOT Interface PWB cable connector, the
Firewire PWB cable and the power cord connector to the controller.

Repairs and Adjustments 11/2011 Supersedes


REP 1.1 4-6 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
REP 1.2 Controller Battery
Parts List on YKE PL 8.2
Parts List on YKE-N PL 8.4
Parts List on FRX PL 8.5
Parts List on LVX PL 8.7
Parts List on UXC PL 8.9
Parts List on UXC-N PL 8.11
Parts List on DA0 PL 8.14
For YKE
Removal
A coin-cell battery maintains computer configuration, date, and time information. The battery
can last several years. The battery may need replacing if an incorrect time or date is displayed Figure 1 YKE Battery
during the boot routine.
1 Positive Side of Battery Connector
CAUTION 2 System Battery
The following components in the FreeFlow Accxes Controller are susceptible to electrostatic 3 Negative Side of Battery Connector
discharge. Observe all ESD procedures to avoid component damage.

NOTE: You can operate the controller without a battery; however, without a battery, the config- Replacement
uration information is erased if the controller is turned off or unplugged from the electrical out-
let. In this case, you must enter system setup and reset the configuration options. NOTE: To avoid damage to the battery connector, you must firmly support the connector while
installing or removing a battery.
CAUTION
A new battery can explode if it is incorrectly installed. Replace the battery only with the same or 1. Install the new system battery.
equivalent type recommended by the manufacturer. Discard used batteries according to the a. Support the battery connector by pressing down firmly on the positive side of the
manufacturer's instructions. connector.
1. Perform REP 1.1 to open the Controller Cover. b. Hold the battery with the "+" facing up, and slide it under the securing tabs at the
2. Locate the Battery Socket. positive side of the connector.
c. Press the battery straight down into the connector until it snaps into place.
NOTE: If you pry the battery out of its socket with a blunt object, be careful not to touch
2. Perform the replacement procedure in REP 1.1 to close the Controller Cover.
the system board with the object. Ensure that the object is inserted between the battery
and the socket before you attempt to pry out the battery. Otherwise, you may damage the 3. Perform the Integrated Audio Enablement procedure to reconfigure the Controller BIOS
system board by prying off the socket or by breaking circuit traces on the system board. after replacing the Controller Battery.

NOTE: To avoid damage to the battery connector, you must firmly support the connector
while installing or removing a battery.

3. Remove the system battery:


a. Support the battery connector by pressing down firmly on the positive side of the
connector shown in Figure 1.
b. While supporting the battery connector, press the battery toward the positive side of
the connector and pry it up out of the securing tabs at the negative side of the con-
nector.

Supersedes 11/2011 Repairs and Adjustments


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 4-7 REP 1.2
For YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N
Removal
A coin-cell battery maintains computer configuration, date, and time information. The battery
can last several years. The battery may need replacing if an incorrect time or date is displayed
during the boot routine.

CAUTION
The following components in the FreeFlow Accxes Controller are susceptible to electrostatic
discharge. Observe all ESD procedures to avoid component damage.

NOTE: You can operate the controller without a battery; however, without a battery, the config-
uration information is erased if the controller is turned off or unplugged from the electrical out-
let. In this case, you must enter system setup and reset the configuration options.

CAUTION
A new battery can explode if it is incorrectly installed. Replace the battery only with the same or
equivalent type recommended by the manufacturer. Discard used batteries according to the Figure 2 YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N Battery
manufacturer's instructions.
1. Perform REP 1.1 to open the Controller Cover. 1 System Battery
2. Locate the Battery Socket. 2 Positive Side of Battery Connector
NOTE: If you pry the battery out of its socket with a blunt object, be careful not to touch 3 Battery Socket Tab
the system board with the object. Ensure that the object is inserted between the battery 4 Battery Socket
and the socket before you attempt to pry out the battery. Otherwise, you may damage the
system board by prying off the socket or by breaking circuit traces on the system board.
Replacement
NOTE: To avoid damage to the battery connector, you must firmly support the connector
NOTE: To avoid damage to the battery connector, you must firmly support the connector while
while installing or removing a battery.
installing or removing a battery.
3. Remove the system battery:
1. Install the new system battery.
a. Support the battery connector by pressing down firmly on the positive side of the
a. Support the battery connector by pressing down firmly on the positive side of the
connector shown in Figure 2.
connector.
b. While supporting the battery connector, press the battery tab away from the positive
b. Hold the battery with the "+" facing up, and slide it under the securing tabs at the
side of the connector and pry it up out of the securing tabs at the negative side of the
positive side of the connector.
connector.
c. Press the battery straight down into the connector until it snaps into place.
2. Perform the replacement procedure in REP 1.1 to close the Controller Cover.
3. Perform the Integrated Audio Enablement procedure to reconfigure the Controller BIOS
after replacing the Controller Battery.

Repairs and Adjustments 11/2011 Supersedes


REP 1.2 4-8 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
For DA0
Removal
A coin-cell battery (type CR2032) maintains computer configuration, date, and time informa-
tion. The battery can last several years. The battery may need replacing if an incorrect time or
date is displayed during the boot routine.

CAUTION
The following components in the FreeFlow Accxes Controller are susceptible to electrostatic
discharge. Observe all ESD procedures to avoid component damage.

NOTE: You can operate the controller without a battery; however, without a battery, the config-
uration information is erased if the controller is turned off or unplugged from the electrical out-
let. In this case, you must enter system setup and reset the configuration options.

CAUTION
A new battery can explode if it is incorrectly installed. Replace the battery only with the same or
equivalent type recommended by the manufacturer. Discard used batteries according to the
manufacturer's instructions.
1. Perform REP 1.1 to open the Controller Cover.
Figure 3 DA0 Coin-Cell Battery Removal
2. Locate the Battery Socket.

NOTE: If you pry the battery out of its socket with a blunt object, be careful not to touch Replacement
the system board with the object. Ensure that the object is inserted between the battery
NOTE: To avoid damage to the battery connector, you must firmly support the connector while
and the socket before you attempt to pry out the battery. Otherwise, you may damage the
installing or removing a battery.
system board by prying off the socket or by breaking circuit traces on the system board.
1. Install the new system battery.
NOTE: To avoid damage to the battery connector, you must firmly support the connector
while installing or removing a battery. a. Place the battery connector into the battery slot on the system borad with the posi-
tive side of the battery facing up.
3. Remove the system battery: b. Press the battery straight down into the connector until it snaps into place.
a. Press the coin cell battery inward to allow the battery to pop up from the socket as 2. Perform the replacement procedure in REP 1.1 to close the Controller Cover.
shown in Figure 3.
3. Perform the Integrated Audio Enablement procedure to reconfigure the Controller BIOS
b. Litt the coin-cell battery out of the computer. after replacing the Controller Battery.

Supersedes 11/2011 Repairs and Adjustments


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 4-9 REP 1.2
REP 1.3 Hard Disk Drive
Parts List on YKE PL 8.2
Parts List on YKE-N PL 8.4
Parts List on FRX PL 8.5
Parts List on LVX PL 8.7
Parts List on UXC PL 8.9
Parts List on UXC-N PL 8.11
Parts List on DA0 PL 8.13
For YKE
Removal
NOTE: To avoid damage to the drive, do not set it on a hard surface. Instead, set the drive on
a surface, such as a foam pad, that will sufficiently cushion it.

1. Perform REP 1.1 to open the Controller Cover.


2. Disconnect the power cable and hard-drive cable from the drive as shown in Figure 1.

Figure 2 YKE Hard Disk Drive Removal

1 Tabs (2)
2 Hard Drive

Figure 1 YKE Hard Disk Drive Connectors

1 Hard Drive Cable


2 Power Cable

3. Press in on the tabs on each side of the drive and slide the drive out as shown in Figure 2.

Repairs and Adjustments 11/2011 Supersedes


REP 1.3 4-10 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
Replacement
1. Check the documentation for the drive to verify that it is configured for your computer.
2. Unpack the replacement hard drive, and prepare it for installation.

NOTE: To avoid damage to the drive, do not set it on a hard surface. Instead, set the
drive on a surface, such as a foam pad, that will sufficiently cushion it.

3. If your replacement hard drive does not have the bracket rails attached, remove the rails
from the old drive by removing the two screws that secure each rail to the drive as shown
in Figure 3. Attach the bracket rails to the new drive by aligning the screw holes on the
drive with the screw holes on the bracket rails and then inserting and tightening all four
screws (two screws on each rail).

Figure 3 YKE Hard Disk Drive Rails

1 Drive
2 Bracket Rails (2)
3 Screws (4)

4. Gently slide the drive into place until you hear a click or feel the drive securely installed.
5. Connect the power and hard drive cables to the drive.
6. Perform the replacement procedure in REP 1.1 to close the Controller Cover.
7. Reinstall the Controller Software using the Controller Installation for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/
LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 procedures in Section 6 of this manual.

Supersedes 11/2011 Repairs and Adjustments


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 4-11 REP 1.3
For YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N Replacement
Removal 1. Check the documentation for the drive to verify that it is configured for your computer.
2. Unpack the replacement hard drive, and prepare it for installation.
NOTE: To avoid damage to the drive, do not set it on a hard surface. Instead, set the drive on
a surface, such as a foam pad, that will sufficiently cushion it. NOTE: To avoid damage to the drive, do not set it on a hard surface. Instead, set the
drive on a surface, such as a foam pad, that will sufficiently cushion it.
1. Perform REP 1.1 to open the Controller Cover.
2. Perform REP 1.10 to remove the CDROM drive. 3. If your replacement hard drive does not have the plastic hard drive bracket attached,
remove the bracket from the existing hard drive by unsnapping if from the drive as shown
3. Press in on the two plastic securing clips on each side of the drive as shown in Figure 4.
in Figure 5.

Figure 5 YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N Hard Drive Bracket Removal

1 Hard Drive
2 Release Tabs (2)
3 Hard Drive Bracket

Figure 4 YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N Hard Drive Removal 4. Install the hard drive bracket on the new hard drive.
5. Connect the power and hard drive cables to the new hard drive.
1 Securing Clips (2) 6. Locate the correct slot for the drive, and slide the drive into the bay until it clicks.
2 Hard Drive 7. Perform the replacement procedure in REP 1.10 to reinstall the CDROM drive.
8. Perform the replacement procedure in REP 1.1 to close the Controller Cover.
CAUTION 9. Reinstall the Controller Software using the Controller Installation for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/
Do not lift the drive out of the controller by the cables. Doing so may damage the cables LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 procedures in Section 6 of this manual.
and cable connectors.
4. Slide the drive to the rear and lift the drive out of the controller.
5. Disconnect the power and hard drive cables from the hard drive.

Repairs and Adjustments 11/2011 Supersedes


REP 1.3 4-12 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
For DA0
Removal
NOTE: To avoid damage to the drive, do not set it on a hard surface. Instead, set the drive on
a surface, such as a foam pad, that will sufficiently cushion it.

1. Perform REP 1.1 to open the Controller Cover.


2. Remove the data cable and the power cable from the back of the hard drive as shown in
Figure 6.

Figure 7 Remove the Hard Drive

4. Flex the hard drive bracket, as shown in Figure 8, and then remove the hard drive from
the bracket.

Figure 6 Remove Data Cable and Power Cable

3. Press the hard drive bracket latch toward the hard drive and lift it upward as shown in Fig-
ure 7.

Figure 8 Remove Hard Drive from Bracket

Supersedes 11/2011 Repairs and Adjustments


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 4-13 REP 1.3
Replacement
1. Check the documentation for the drive to verify that it is configured for your computer.
2. Unpack the replacement hard drive, and prepare it for installation.

NOTE: To avoid damage to the drive, do not set it on a hard surface. Instead, set the
drive on a surface, such as a foam pad, that will sufficiently cushion it.

3. Flex the hard drive bracket and insert the hard drive from the bracket.
4. Press the hard drive bracket latch towards the hard drive and insert it into the chassis.
5. Connect the power and data cables to the back of the hard drive.
6. Perform the replacement procedure in REP 1.1 to close the Controller Cover.
7. Reinstall the Controller Software using the Controller Installation for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/
LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 procedures in Section 6 of this manual.

Repairs and Adjustments 11/2011 Supersedes


REP 1.3 4-14 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
REP 1.4 Memory Modules (RAM) NOTE: Memory purchased from Dell is covered under your computer warranty

Parts List on YKE PL 8.2 NOTE: If you remove your original memory modules from the computer during a memory
upgrade, keep them separate from any new modules that you may have, even if you pur-
Parts List on YKE-N PL 8.4 chased the new modules from Dell. If possible, do not pair an original memory module with a
Parts List on FRX PL 8.5 new memory module. Otherwise, your computer may not start properly. You should install your
Parts List on LVX PL 8.7 original memory modules in pairs either in connectors DIMM1 and DIMM2 or connectors
DIMM3 and DIMM4
Parts List on UXC PL 8.9
NOTE: The YKE Controller ships with a standard memory configuration of 512MB of DDR2
Parts List on UXC-N PL 8.11 RAM (two 256MB memory modules).
Parts List on DA0 PL 8.14
1. Perform REP 1.1 to open the Controller Cover.
For YKE CAUTION
Removal The following components in the FreeFlow Accxes Controller are susceptible to electro-
NOTE: Dual-channel DDR2 memory modules should be installed in pairs of matched memory static discharge. Observe all ESD procedures to avoid component damage.
size, speed, and technology. If the DDR2 memory modules are not installed in matched pairs, 2. Press out the securing clip at each end of the memory module connector as shown in Fig-
the computer will continue to operate, but with a slight reduction in performance. See the label ure 2.
in the upper-right corner of the module to determine the module's capacity.

NOTE: Do not install ECC memory modules.

NOTE: Be sure to install a single memory module in DIMM_1, the connector closest to the pro-
cessor, before you install modules in the other connectors.

Figure 2 YKE RAM Module Clips

1 Memory connector closest to the processor


2 Securing clips (2)
3 Connector

3. Remove the RAM module.


Figure 1 YKE RAM Modules

A matched pair of memory modules in connectors DIMM_1


and DIMM_2 (white securing clips)
B matched pair of memory modules in connectors DIMM_3
and DIMM_4 (black securing clips)

Supersedes 11/2011 Repairs and Adjustments


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 4-15 REP 1.4
Replacement
CAUTION
The following components in the FreeFlow Accxes Controller are susceptible to electrostatic
discharge. Observe all ESD procedures to avoid component damage.
1. Align the notch on the bottom of the module with the crossbar in the connector as shown
in Figure 3.

Figure 3 YKE RAM Module Insertion

1 Cutouts (2)
2 RAM Module
3 Notch
4 Crossbar

NOTE: To avoid damage to the memory module, press the module straight down into the
connector while you apply equal force to each end of the module.

2. Insert the module into the connector until the module snaps into position.

NOTE: If you insert the module correctly, the securing clips snap into the cutouts at each
end of the module as shown in Figure 4.

Figure 4 YKE RAM Module Clips

3. Perform the replacement procedure in REP 1.1 to close the Controller Cover.

Repairs and Adjustments 11/2011 Supersedes


REP 1.4 4-16 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
For YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N NOTE: Memory purchased from Dell is covered under your computer warranty

Removal NOTE: If you remove your original memory modules from the computer during a memory
upgrade, keep them separate from any new modules that you may have, even if you pur-
NOTE: Dual-channel DDR2 memory modules should be installed in pairs of matched memory chased the new modules from Dell. If possible, do not pair an original memory module with a
size, speed, and technology. If the DDR2 memory modules are not installed in matched pairs, new memory module. Otherwise, your computer may not start properly. You should install your
the computer will continue to operate, but with a slight reduction in performance. See the label original memory modules in pairs either in connectors DIMM1 and DIMM2 or connectors
in the upper-right corner of the module to determine the module's capacity. DIMM3 and DIMM4
NOTE: Do not install ECC memory modules. NOTE: The YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC Controller ships with a standard memory configuration of
NOTE: Be sure to install a single memory module in DIMM_1, the connector closest to the pro- 1GByte of DDR2 RAM (two 512MB memory modules).
cessor, before you install modules in the other connectors. NOTE: The UXC-N Controller ships with a standard memory configuration of 2GByte of DDR3
RAM (two 1GByte memory modules).

1. Perform REP 1.1 to open the Controller Cover.


CAUTION
The following components in the FreeFlow Accxes Controller are susceptible to electro-
static discharge. Observe all ESD procedures to avoid component damage.
2. Perform REP 1.10 to remove the CDROM drive.
3. Carefully press out the securing clip at each end of the memory module connector as
shown in Figure 6.

Figure 5 YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N RAM Modules Figure 6 YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N RAM Module Clips

A matched pair of memory modules in connectors DIMM_1 1 Memory Module


and DIMM_2 (white securing clips)
2 Securing clips (2)
B matched pair of memory modules in connectors DIMM_3
and DIMM_4 (black securing clips)
4. Remove the memory module.

Supersedes 11/2011 Repairs and Adjustments


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 4-17 REP 1.4
Replacement 4. Perform the replacement procedure in REP 1.1 to close the Controller Cover.
CAUTION
The following components in the FreeFlow Accxes Controller are susceptible to electrostatic
discharge. Observe all ESD procedures to avoid component damage.
1. Align the notch on the bottom of the module with the crossbar in the connector as shown
in Figure 7.

Figure 7 YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N RAM Module Insertion

1 Cutouts (2)
2 RAM Module
3 Notch
4 Crossbar

NOTE: To avoid damage to the memory module, press the module straight down into the
connector while you apply equal force to each end of the module.

2. Insert the module into the connector until the module snaps into position.

NOTE: If you insert the module correctly, the securing clips snap into the cutouts at each
end of the module as shown in Figure 8.

Figure 8 YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N RAM Module Clips

3. Perform the replacement procedure in REP 1.10 to reinstall the CDROM Drive.

Repairs and Adjustments 11/2011 Supersedes


REP 1.4 4-18 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
For DA0 3. Remove the memory module.
Removal Replacement
NOTE: Dual-channel DDR2 memory modules should be installed in pairs of matched memory CAUTION
size, speed, and technology. If the DDR2 memory modules are not installed in matched pairs, The following components in the FreeFlow Accxes Controller are susceptible to electrostatic
the computer will continue to operate, but with a slight reduction in performance. See the label discharge. Observe all ESD procedures to avoid component damage.
in the upper-right corner of the module to determine the module's capacity. 1. Insert the module into the connector on the System Board.
NOTE: Do not install ECC memory modules. 2. Press down on the memory module until the retention clips spring back to secure the
module in place.
NOTE: Be sure to install a single memory module in DIMM_1, the connector closest to the pro- 3. Perform the replacement procedure in REP 1.1 to close the Controller Cover.
cessor, before you install modules in the other connectors.

NOTE: Memory purchased from Dell is covered under your computer warranty

NOTE: If you remove your original memory modules from the computer during a memory
upgrade, keep them separate from any new modules that you may have, even if you pur-
chased the new modules from Dell. If possible, do not pair an original memory module with a
new memory module. Otherwise, your computer may not start properly. You should install your
original memory modules in pairs either in connectors DIMM1 and DIMM2 or connectors
DIMM3 and DIMM4

NOTE: The DA0 Controller ships with a standard memory configuration of 2GByte of DDR2
RAM.

1. Perform REP 1.1 to open the Controller Cover.


CAUTION
The following components in the FreeFlow Accxes Controller are susceptible to electro-
static discharge. Observe all ESD procedures to avoid component damage.
2. Carefully press out the securing clip at each end of the memory module connector, as
shown in Figure 9.

Figure 9 Removing Memory Modules

Supersedes 11/2011 Repairs and Adjustments


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 4-19 REP 1.4
REP 1.5 IOT Interface PWB
Parts List on YKE PL 8.2
Parts List on YKE-N PL 8.4
Parts List on FRX PL 8.5
Parts List on LVX PL 8.7
Parts List on UXC PL 8.9
Parts List on UXC-N PL 8.11
Parts List on DA0 PL 8.15
For YKE
Removal
Two types of IOT Interface PWBs can be installed in the controller: P193 Interface and 721p
Interface VIII. See Printer Enablement Kits in Section 8 for more information on these PWBs.

CAUTION
The following components in the FreeFlow Accxes Controller are susceptible to electrostatic
discharge. Observe all ESD procedures to avoid component damage.
1. Perform REP 1.1 to open the Controller Cover.
2. Perform REP 1.11 to remove the Card Cage.

NOTE: See the documentation that came with the card for information on configuring the
card, making internal connections, or otherwise customizing it for your computer.

3. Press the lever on the retention arm and raise the retention arm as shown in Figure 1. Figure 1 YKE IOT Interface PWB Removal
4. Grasp the IOT Interface PWB by its top corners, and ease it out of its connector.
1 Lever
2 Retention Arm
3 Filler Bracket
4 IOT Interface PWB
5 IOT Interface PWB Edge Connector
6 IOT Interface PWB Card Connector
7 Riser Board
8 Card Cage

Repairs and Adjustments 11/2011 Supersedes


REP 1.5 4-20 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
Replacement
NOTE: The P193 Interface Card has a dipswitch setting that must be set as shown in Figure 2
in order to function with the printer.

Figure 2 P193 Interface Card Dipswitch SW1

1. Remove the full height bracket from the old IOT Interface PWB and install it on the new
IOT Interface PWB. Go to Printer Enablement Kits.
2. Insert the IOT Interface PWB into the card connector.

NOTE: The IOT Interface PWB can be inserted in either slot in the Card Cage.

3. Lower the retention arm and press it into place, securing the IOT Interface PWB in the
Card Cage.
4. Perform the replacement procedure in REP 1.11 to reinstall the Card Cage.
5. Perform the replacement procedure in REP 1.1 to close the Controller Cover.

Supersedes 11/2011 Repairs and Adjustments


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 4-21 REP 1.5
For YKE-N/FRX/LVX Replacement
Removal NOTE: The P193 Interface Card has a dipswitch setting that must be set as shown in Figure 4
Two types of IOT Interface PWBs can be installed in the controller: P193 Interface and 721p in order to function with the printer.
Interface VIII. See Printer Enablement Kits in Section 8 for more information on these PWBs.

CAUTION
The following components in the FreeFlow Accxes Controller are susceptible to electrostatic
discharge. Observe all ESD procedures to avoid component damage.
1. Perform REP 1.1 to open the Controller Cover.
2. Perform REP 1.11 to remove the Card Cage.

NOTE: See the documentation that came with the card for information on configuring the Figure 4 P193 Interface Card Dipswitch SW1
card, making internal connections, or otherwise customizing it for your computer.

3. Press the Release Tab to raise the Card Retention Latch as shown in Figure 3. 1. Remove the full height bracket from the old IOT Interface PWB and install it on the new
IOT Interface PWB. Go to Printer Enablement Kits.
4. Grasp the IOT Interface PWB by its top corners, and ease it out of its connector.
2. Insert the IOT Interface PWB into the card connector.

NOTE: The IOT Interface PWB can be inserted in either slot in the Card Cage.

3. Lower the Card Retention Latch and press it into place, securing the IOT Interface PWB
in the Card Cage.
4. Perform the replacement procedure in REP 1.11 to reinstall the Card Cage.
5. Perform the replacement procedure in REP 1.1 to close the Controller Cover.

Figure 3 YKE-N/FRX/LVX IOT Interface PWB Removal

1 Release Tab
2 Card Retention Latch
3 Card
4 Card Edge Connector
5 Card Connector

Repairs and Adjustments 11/2011 Supersedes


REP 1.5 4-22 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
For UXC/UXC-N Replacement
Removal NOTE: The P193 Interface Card has a dipswitch setting that must be set as shown in Figure 6
Two types of IOT Interface PWBs can be installed in the controller: P193 Interface and 721p in order to function with the printer.
Interface VIII. See Printer Enablement Kits in Section 8 for more information on these PWBs.

CAUTION
The following components in the FreeFlow Accxes Controller are susceptible to electrostatic
discharge. Observe all ESD procedures to avoid component damage.
1. Perform REP 1.1 to open the Controller Cover.

NOTE: See the documentation that came with the card for information on configuring the
card, making internal connections, or otherwise customizing it for your computer.
Figure 6 P193 Interface Card Dipswitch SW1
2. Press the Release Tab to raise the Card Retention Latch as shown in Figure 5.
3. Grasp the IOT Interface PWB by its top corners, and ease it out of its connector. 1. Remove the full height bracket from the old IOT Interface PWB and install it on the new
IOT Interface PWB. Go to Printer Enablement Kits.
2. Insert the IOT Interface PWB into the card connector.

NOTE: The IOT Interface PWB can be inserted in either slot in the Card Cage.

3. Lower the Card Retention Latch and press it into place, securing the IOT Interface PWB
in the Card Cage.
4. Perform the replacement procedure in REP 1.1 to close the Controller Cover.

Figure 5 UXC/UXC-N IOT Interface PWB Removal

1 Card
2 Retention Latch
3 System Board Connector
4 Release Tab

Supersedes 11/2011 Repairs and Adjustments


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 4-23 REP 1.5
For DA0
Removal
Two types of IOT Interface PWBs can be installed in the controller: P193 Interface and 721p
Interface VIII. See Printer Enablement Kits in Section 8 for more information on these PWBs.

CAUTION
The following components in the FreeFlow Accxes Controller are susceptible to electrostatic
discharge. Observe all ESD procedures to avoid component damage.
1. Perform REP 1.1 to open the Controller Cover.
2. Rotate the release tab on the card retention latch upward.

Figure 8 IOT Interface PWB

Replacement
NOTE: The P193 Interface Card has a dipswitch setting that must be set as shown in Figure 9
in order to function with the printer.

Figure 7 Card Retention Latch

3. Lift the IOT Interface PWB up and out of its connector and remove it from the computer.
Figure 9 P193 Interface Card Dipswitch SW1

1. Remove the full height bracket from the old IOT Interface PWB and install it on the new
IOT Interface PWB. Go to Printer Enablement Kits.
2. Insert the IOT Interface PWB into the card connector.

NOTE: The IOT Interface PWB can be inserted in either slot in the Card Cage.

3. Rotate the release tab on the card retention latch downward.


4. Perform the replacement procedure in REP 1.1 to close the Controller Cover.

Repairs and Adjustments 11/2011 Supersedes


REP 1.5 4-24 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
REP 1.6 Firewire PWB
Parts List on YKE PL 8.2
Parts List on YKE-N PL 8.4
Parts List on FRX PL 8.5
Parts List on LVX PL 8.7
Parts List on UXC PL 8.9
Parts List on UXC-N PL 8.11
Parts List on DA0 PL 8.14
For YKE
Removal
CAUTION
The following components in the FreeFlow Accxes Controller are susceptible to electrostatic
discharge. Observe all ESD procedures to avoid component damage.
1. Perform REP 1.1 to open the Controller Cover.
2. Perform REP 1.11 to remove the Card Cage.

NOTE: See the documentation that came with the card for information on configuring the
card, making internal connections, or otherwise customizing it for your computer.

3. Press the lever on the retention arm and raise the retention arm Figure 1.
4. Grasp the Firewire PWB by its top corners, and ease it out of its connector.

Figure 1 YKE Firewire PWB Removal

1 Lever
2 Retention Arm
3 Filler Bracket
4 Firewire PWB
5 Firewire PWB Edge Connector
6 Firewire PWB Card Connector
7 Riser Board
8 Card Cage

Replacement
NOTE: See the documentation that came with the Firewire PWB for information on configuring
the card, making internal connections, or otherwise customizing it for your computer.

1. Insert the Firewire PWB into the card connector as shown in Figure 1.

NOTE: The Firewire PWB can be inserted in either slot in the Card Cage.

2. Lower the retention arm and press it into place, securing the Firewire PWB in the Card
Cage.
3. Perform the replacement procedure in REP 1.11 to reinstall the Card Cage.
4. Perform the replacement procedure in REP 1.1 to close the Controller Cover.

Supersedes 11/2011 Repairs and Adjustments


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 4-25 REP 1.6
For YKE-N/FRX/LVX Replacement
Removal NOTE: See the documentation that came with the Firewire PWB for information on configuring
CAUTION the card, making internal connections, or otherwise customizing it for your computer.
The following components in the FreeFlow Accxes Controller are susceptible to electrostatic 1. Insert the Firewire PWB into the card connector.
discharge. Observe all ESD procedures to avoid component damage.
1. Perform REP 1.1 to open the Controller Cover. NOTE: The Firewire PWB can be inserted in either slot in the Card Cage.
2. Perform REP 1.11 to remove the Card Cage. 2. Lower the retention arm and press it into place, securing the Firewire PWB in the Card
Cage.
NOTE: See the documentation that came with the card for information on configuring the
card, making internal connections, or otherwise customizing it for your computer. 3. Perform the replacement procedure in REP 1.11 to reinstall the Card Cage.
4. Perform the replacement procedure in REP 1.1 to close the Controller Cover.
3. Press the lever on the retention arm and raise the retention arm as shown in Figure 2.
4. Grasp the Firewire PWB by its top corners, and ease it out of its connector.

Figure 2 YKE-N/FRX/LVX Firewire PWB Removal

1 Release Tab
2 Card Retention Latch
3 Card
4 Card Edge Connector
5 Card Connector

Repairs and Adjustments 11/2011 Supersedes


REP 1.6 4-26 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
For UXC/UXC-N NOTE: The Firewire PWB can be inserted in either slot in the Card Cage.

Removal 2. Lower the retention arm and press it into place, securing the Firewire PWB in the Card
CAUTION Cage.
The following components in the FreeFlow Accxes Controller are susceptible to electrostatic 3. Perform the replacement procedure in REP 1.1 to close the Controller Cover.
discharge. Observe all ESD procedures to avoid component damage.
1. Perform REP 1.1 to open the Controller Cover.

NOTE: See the documentation that came with the card for information on configuring the
card, making internal connections, or otherwise customizing it for your computer.

2. Press the lever on the retention arm and raise the retention arm Figure 3.
3. Grasp the Firewire PWB by its top corners, and ease it out of its connector.

Figure 3 UXC/UXC-N Firewire PWB Removal

1 Card
2 Retention Latch
3 System Board Connector
4 Release Tab

Replacement
NOTE: See the documentation that came with the Firewire PWB for information on configuring
the card, making internal connections, or otherwise customizing it for your computer.

1. Insert the Firewire PWB into the card connector.

Supersedes 11/2011 Repairs and Adjustments


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 4-27 REP 1.6
For DA0 Replacement
Removal NOTE: See the documentation that came with the Firewire PWB for information on configuring
CAUTION the card, making internal connections, or otherwise customizing it for your computer.
The following components in the FreeFlow Accxes Controller are susceptible to electrostatic 1. Insert the Firewire PWB into the card connector.
discharge. Observe all ESD procedures to avoid component damage.
1. Perform REP 1.1 to open the Controller Cover. NOTE: The Firewire PWB can be inserted in either slot in the Card Cage.
2. Rotate the release tab on the card retention latch upward. 2. Rotate the release tab on the card retention latch downward.
3. Perform the replacement procedure in REP 1.1 to close the Controller Cover.

Figure 4 Card Retention Latch

3. Lift the Firewire PWB up and out of its connector and remove it from the computer.

Figure 5 Firewire PWB Removal

Repairs and Adjustments 11/2011 Supersedes


REP 1.6 4-28 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
REP 1.7 Power Supply
Parts List on YKE PL 8.2
Parts List on YKE-N PL 8.4
Parts List on FRX PL 8.5
Parts List on LVX PL 8.7
Parts List on UXC PL 8.9
Parts List on UXC-N PL 8.11
Parts List on DA0 PL 8.14
For YKE
Removal
1. Perform REP 1.1 to open the Controller Cover.
2. Disconnect power supply connectors P1 through P7 from the system board and the
drives.
3. Perform REP 1.11 to remove the card cage.

NOTE: The routing of the DC power cables underneath the tabs in the computer frame as
you remove them from the system board and drives. You must route these cables prop-
erly when you replace them to prevent their being pinched or crimped.

4. Remove the power cables from the side of the hard drive. To remove the power cables,
use the cables as leverage and pull away from the clips while you pull on the metal clips
with your fingers.
5. Press down on the Handle, shown in Figure 1, to activate the release button.
Figure 1 YKE Power Supply Removal

1 Release Button
2 Handle
3 AC Power Connector

6. Slide the power supply toward the front of the computer approximately 1 inch.
7. Lift the power supply up and out of the computer.
Replacement
1. Slide the power supply into place.
2. Perform the replacement procedure in REP 1.11 to reinstall the Card Cage.

NOTE: The routing of the DC power cables underneath the tabs in the computer frame as
you remove them from the system board and drives. You must route these cables prop-
erly when you replace them to prevent their being pinched or crimped.

3. Reconnect power supply connectors P1 through P7.


4. Perform the replacement procedure in REP 1.1 to close the Controller Cover.

Supersedes 11/2011 Repairs and Adjustments


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 4-29 REP 1.7
For YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N Replacement
Removal 1. Slide the power supply into place.
1. Perform REP 1.1 to open the Controller Cover. 2. Replace the screws that secure the power supply to the back of the computer chassis.
3. Disconnect all DC power cables from the System Board and drives (CDROM, Hard Disk).
NOTE: Note the routing of the DC power cables underneath the tabs in the computer
4. Perform the replacement procedure in REP 1.10 to reinstall the CDROM drive.
chassis as you remove them from the system board and drives. You must route these
cables properly when you replace them to prevent their being pinched or crimped. CAUTION
Before connecting the power cord to the YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC Controller, ensure that the
2. Disconnect all DC power cables from the System Board and drives (CDROM, Hard Disk).
Voltage Selector Switch on the rear of the controller is set to the input power source.
3. Remove the two screws that attach the power supply to the back of the computer chassis. 5. Perform the replacement procedure in REP 1.1 to close the Controller Cover.
4. Perform REP 1.10 to remove the CDROM drive.
5. Press the release button located on the floor of the computer chassis as shown in Figure
2.

Figure 2 YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N Power Supply Removal

1 Release Button
2 Power Supply
3 Screws (2)
4 AC Power Connector

6. Slide the power supply toward the front of the computer by approximately 1 inch and lift
the power supply out of the computer.

Repairs and Adjustments 11/2011 Supersedes


REP 1.7 4-30 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
For DA0
Removal
1. Perform REP 1.1 to open the Controller Cover.

NOTE: Note the routing of the DC power cables underneath the tabs in the computer
chassis as you remove them from the system board and drives. You must route these
cables properly when you replace them to prevent their being pinched or crimped.

2. Perform REP 1.15 to remove the PSU Thermal Sensor.


3. Disconnect the 4–pin power cable from the system board.

Figure 4 Remove 4-pin Power Cable from Chassis Clips

5. Disconnect the 24–pin power cable from the system board.

Figure 3 Disconnect 4-pin Power Cable

4. Unthread the 4–pin power cable from the chassis clips.

Figure 5 Disconnect 24-pin Power Cable

6. Unthread the 24–pin power cable from the chassis clip.

Supersedes 11/2011 Repairs and Adjustments


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 4-31 REP 1.7
Figure 6 Unthread 24-pin Power Cable from Chassis Clips Figure 8 Push Release Tab

7. Remove the screws that secure the power supply to the back of the computer. 9. Lift the power supply out of the computer.

Figure 7 Remove Screws Figure 9 Remove Power Supply

8. Push in on the blue release tab beside the power supply, and slide the power towards the
front of the computer.

Repairs and Adjustments 11/2011 Supersedes


REP 1.7 4-32 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
Replacement
1. Place the power supply in the chassis and slide towards the back of the computer to
secure it.
2. Tighten the screws to secure the power supply from the back of the computer.
3. Thread the 24–pin power cable into the chassis clip.
4. Connect the 24–pin power cable to the system board.
5. Thread the 4–pin power cable into the chassis clips.
6. Connect the 4–pin power cable to the system board.
7. Perform the replacement procedure in REP 1.15 to reinstall the PSU Thermal Sensor.
8. Perform the replacement procedure in REP 1.1 to close the Controller Cover.

Supersedes 11/2011 Repairs and Adjustments


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 4-33 REP 1.7
REP 1.8 Processor 5. Remove the two screws on the blower to remove it from the heat sink.

Parts List on YKE PL 8.2


Parts List on YKE-N PL 8.4
Parts List on FRX PL 8.5
Parts List on LVX PL 8.7
Parts List on UXC PL 8.9
Parts List on UXC-N PL 8.11
Parts List on DA0 PL 8.14
For YKE
Removal
1. Perform REP 1.1 to open the Controller Cover.
2. Disconnect the cooling fan power cable from the FAN connector on the system board.
3. Disconnect the power cable from the 12VPOWER connector on the system board
4. Remove the heat sink:
a. Press the tab on the green securing clip to remove the clip from the retention base
as shown in Figure 1.

NOTE: The Heat Sink may differ in appearance than illustrated below, but is
removed and reinstalled in the same manner. Figure 2 YKE Processor Heat Sink

1 Heat Sink / Blower Assembly


2 Screw
3 Tab
4 Retention Base
5 Heat Sink
6 Screw

NOTE: If you are installing a processor upgrade kit from Dell, discard the original heat
sink. If you are not installing a processor upgrade kit from Dell, reuse the original heat sink
when you install your new processor.

6. Open the processor cover as shown in Figure 3.

Figure 1 YKE Processor

1 Securing Clip
2 Tab
3 Retention Base

b. Remove the heat sink by pressing the tab while lifting one end of the heat sink.

NOTE: Lay the heat sink down with the thermal material facing upward.

Repairs and Adjustments 11/2011 Supersedes


REP 1.8 4-34 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
Figure 3 YKE Processor Removal

1 Processor Cover Figure 4 YKE Processor Replacement


2 Processor
3 Socket 1 Processor Cover
4 Release Lever 2 Tab
3 Processor
7. Remove the processor from the socket. 4 Socket
5 Center Cover Latch
NOTE: Leave the release lever extended in the release position so that the socket is
6 Release Lever
ready for the new processor.
7 Front Alignment Notch
Replacement 8 Socket and Processor Pin 1 Indicator
CAUTION 9 Rear Alignment Notch
The following components in the FreeFlow Accxes Controller are susceptible to electrostatic
discharge. Observe all ESD procedures to avoid component damage. 6. When the processor is fully seated in the socket, close the processor cover.
NOTE: When replacing the processor, do not touch any of the pins inside the socket or allow NOTE: Ensure that the tab on the processor cover is positioned underneath the center
any objects to fall on the pins in the socket. cover latch on the socket.
1. Unpack the new processor, being careful not to touch the underside of the processor. 7. Pivot the socket release lever back toward the socket and snap it into place to secure the
NOTE: You must position the processor correctly in the socket to avoid permanent dam- processor.
age to the processor and the computer when you turn on the computer. 8. Reinstall the two screws that attach the blower to the heat sink.
9. Install the heat sink/blower assembly:
2. If the release lever on the socket is not fully extended, move it to that position.
• Place one end of the heat sink under the tab on one side of the retention base.
3. Orient the front and rear alignment notches on the processor with the front and rear align-
ment notches on the socket. • Lower the heat sink until the heat sink fits securely under the tab on the retention
base as shown in Figure 5.
4. Align the pin-1 corners of the processor and socket.

NOTE: To avoid damage, ensure that the processor aligns properly with the socket, and
do not use excessive force when you install the processor.

5. Set the processor lightly in the socket and ensure that the processor is positioned cor-
rectly as shown in Figure 4.

Supersedes 11/2011 Repairs and Adjustments


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 4-35 REP 1.8
Figure 6 YKE Lowering the Securing Clip Into Place

1 Securing Clip
Figure 5 YKE Processor Reinstallation 2 Tab
3 Slot
1 Heat Sink / Blower Assembly 4 Retention Base
2 Screw
3 Tab NOTE: The Heat Sink may differ in appearance than illustrated below, but is
4 Retention Base removed and reinstalled in the same manner.
5 Heat Sink 10. Reconnect the cooling fan power cable to the FAN connector on the system board.
6 Screw 11. Reconnect the power cable to the 12VPOWER connector on the system board.
12. Perform the replacement procedure in REP 1.1 to close the Controller Cover.
• Insert the securing clip by placing the notched end of the clip opposite the tab into
the slot on the retention base. Press the securing clip tab and lower the securing clip
into place as shown in Figure 6. Ensure that the notched ends of the securing clip
are secured in the retention base slots.

Repairs and Adjustments 11/2011 Supersedes


REP 1.8 4-36 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
For YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N
Removal
1. Perform REP 1.1 to open the Controller Cover.
2. Loosen the captive screw on each side of the heat sink assembly as shown in Figure 7.

Figure 8 YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N Processor Removal

1 Center Cover Latch


2 Processor Cover
3 Processor
Figure 7 YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N Heat Sink Removal 4 Socket
5 Release Lever
1 Heat Sink Assembly
2 Captive Screw Housing (2) 5. Gently remove the processor from the socket. Leave the release lever extended in the
release position so that the socket is ready for the new processor.
3. Rotate the heat sink assembly upward, and remove the assembly from the computer.
4. Open the processor cover by sliding the release lever from under the center cover latch
on the socket. Then pull the lever back to release the processor as shown in Figure 8.

Supersedes 11/2011 Repairs and Adjustments


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 4-37 REP 1.8
Replacement 8 Socket and Processor Pin 1 Indicator
CAUTION 9 Rear Alignment Notch
The following components in the FreeFlow Accxes Controller are susceptible to electrostatic
discharge. Observe all ESD procedures to avoid component damage. 6. When the processor is fully seated in the socket, close the processor cover.

NOTE: When replacing the processor, do not touch any of the pins inside the socket or allow NOTE: Ensure that the tab on the processor cover is positioned underneath the center
any objects to fall on the pins in the socket. cover latch on the socket.

1. Unpack the new processor, being careful not to touch the underside of the processor. 7. Pivot the socket release lever back toward the socket and snap it into place to secure the
processor.
NOTE: You must position the processor correctly in the socket to avoid permanent dam-
8. Reinstall the two screws that attach the blower to the heat sink.
age to the processor and the computer when you turn on the computer.
9. Install the heat sink assembly by placing the back on to the heat sink assembly bracket
2. If the release lever on the socket is not fully extended, move it to that position. and rotating the heat seat assembly toward the computer base as shown in Figure 10.
3. Orient the front and rear alignment notches on the processor with the front and rear align- Tighten the two captive screws.
ment notches on the socket.
4. Align the pin-1 corners of the processor and socket.

NOTE: To avoid damage, ensure that the processor aligns properly with the socket, and
do not use excessive force when you install the processor.

5. Set the processor lightly in the socket and ensure that the processor is positioned cor-
rectly as shown in Figure 9.

Figure 10 YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N Heat Sink Assembly Replacement

1 Heat Sink Assembly


2 Heat Sink Assembly Bracket
3 Captive Screw Housing (2)

10. Perform the replacement procedure in REP 1.1 to close the Controller Cover.

Figure 9 YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N Processor Replacement

1 Processor Cover
2 Tab
3 Processor
4 Socket
5 Center Cover Latch
6 Release Lever
7 Front Alignment Notch

Repairs and Adjustments 11/2011 Supersedes


REP 1.8 4-38 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
For DA0
Removal
1. Perform REP 1.1 to open the Controller Cover.
2. Disconnect the heat-sink assembly cable from the system board.

Figure 13 Remove Heat Sink

5. Press the release lever down and then move it outward to release it from the retention
hook that secures it.

Figure 11 Disconnect Heat Sink

3. Loosen the captive screws in the order: 1, 2, 3 and 4.

Figure 14 Release Retention Hook

6. Lift the processor cover.

Figure 12 Loosen Screws

4. Lift the heat sink assembly upwards, and remove it from the computer. Lay the assembly
with the fan facing downwards, and with the thermal grease facing upwards

Supersedes 11/2011 Repairs and Adjustments


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 4-39 REP 1.8
Figure 15 Lift Processor Cover

7. Lift the processor to remove it from the socket and place it in an antistatic package.

Figure 16 Remove Processor

Repairs and Adjustments 11/2011 Supersedes


REP 1.8 4-40 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
Replacement
CAUTION
The following components in the FreeFlow Accxes Controller are susceptible to electrostatic
discharge. Observe all ESD procedures to avoid component damage.

NOTE: When replacing the processor, do not touch any of the pins inside the socket or allow
any objects to fall on the pins in the socket.

1. Unpack the new processor, being careful not to touch the underside of the processor.

NOTE: You must position the processor correctly in the socket to avoid permanent dam-
age to the processor and the computer when you turn on the computer.

2. Insert the processor into the processor socket. Ensure that the processor is properly
seated.
3. Lower the processor cover.
4. Press the release lever down and then move it inward to secure it with the retention hook.
5. Place the heat sink assembly into the chassis.
6. Tighten the captive screws to secure the heat sink assembly to the system board.
7. Connect the heat sink assembly cable to the system board.
8. Perform the replacement procedure in REP 1.1 to close the Controller Cover.

Supersedes 11/2011 Repairs and Adjustments


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 4-41 REP 1.8
REP 1.9 System Board
Parts List on YKE Not Available
Parts List on YKE-N PL 8.4
Parts List on FRX PL 8.5
Parts List on LVX PL 8.7
Parts List on UXC PL 8.9
Parts List on UXC-N PL 8.11
Parts List on DA0 PL 8.14
For YKE
Removal
CAUTION
The following components in the FreeFlow Accxes Controller are susceptible to electrostatic
discharge. Observe all ESD procedures to avoid component damage.
1. Perform REP 1.1 to open the Controller Cover.
2. Perform REP 1.4 to remove the Memory Modules.
Figure 1 YKE System Board Removal
3. Perform REP 1.11 to remove the Card Cage.
4. Perform REP 1.7 to remove the Power Supply. Replacement
5. Perform REP 1.8 to remove the Processor. 1. Place the System Board assembly that you just removed next to the replacement System
6. Disconnect all cables from the System Board. Board.
NOTE: Before you remove the existing system board assembly, visually compare the 2. Install the Processor in to replacement System Board using the replacement procedure in
replacement system board to the existing system board to make sure that you have the REP 1.9.
correct part. 3. Configure the jumper settings of the replacement System Board as listed in Table 2 and
shown in Figure 3.
7. Remove the screw securing the System Board to the controller frame and slide the Sys-
tem Board assembly toward the front of the computer, and then lift it up and away as
shown in Figure 2.

Figure 2 YKE System Board Jumper Settings

PSWD Password Enabled (Default is Jumpered)


RTCRST Real-time Clock Reset (Default is disabled)

Repairs and Adjustments 11/2011 Supersedes


REP 1.9 4-42 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
Jumpered

Unjumpered

NOTE: Some components and connectors on the replacement system board may be in
different locations than the corresponding connectors on the existing system board.

4. Orient the replacement System Board by aligning the notches on the bottom to the tabs
on the computer.
5. Slide the System Board assembly toward the back of the controller and secure the board
to the controller frame with the screw.
6. Reconnect all cables to the System Board.
7. Perform the replacement procedure in REP 1.8 to reinstall the Processor.
8. Perform the replacement procedure in REP 1.7 to reinstall the Power Supply.
9. Perform the replacement procedure in REP 1.11 to reinstall the Card Cage.
10. Perform the replacement procedure in REP 1.4 to reinstall the Memory Modules.
11. Perform the replacement procedure in REP 1.1 to close the Controller Cover.

Supersedes 11/2011 Repairs and Adjustments


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 4-43 REP 1.9
For YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N Replacement
Removal 1. Gently align the new System Board into the chassis and slide it toward the back of the
computer.
CAUTION
2. Secure the System Board to the computer frame using the screws (10) removed in step 7
The following components in the FreeFlow Accxes Controller are susceptible to electrostatic
of the removal procedure.
discharge. Observe all ESD procedures to avoid component damage.
3. Reconnect all cables to the System Board.
1. Perform REP 1.1 to open the Controller Cover.
4. Perform the replacement procedure in REP 1.8 to reinstall the Processor.
2. Perform REP 1.4 to remove the Memory Modules.
5. Perform the replacement procedure in REP 1.7 to reinstall the Power Supply.
3. Perform REP 1.11 to remove the Card Cage.
6. Perform the replacement procedure in REP 1.11 to reinstall the Card Cage.
4. Perform REP 1.7 to remove the Power Supply.
7. Perform the replacement procedure in REP 1.4 to reinstall the Memory Modules.
5. Perform REP 1.8 to remove the Processor.
8. Perform the replacement procedure in REP 1.1 to close the Controller Cover.
6. Disconnect all cables from the System Board.

NOTE: Before you remove the existing system board assembly, visually compare the
replacement system board to the existing system board to make sure that you have the
correct part.

7. Remove the screws, shown in Figure 4, securing the System Board to the controller
frame and slide the System Board assembly toward the front of the computer, and then lift
it up and away.

Figure 3 YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N System Board Removal

1 System Board
2 Screws (10)

Repairs and Adjustments 11/2011 Supersedes


REP 1.9 4-44 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
For DA0
Removal
CAUTION
The following components in the FreeFlow Accxes Controller are susceptible to electrostatic
discharge. Observe all ESD procedures to avoid component damage.
1. Perform REP 1.1 to open the Controller Cover.
2. Remove the Front Bezel.
3. Perform REP 1.10 to remove the CDROM drive.
4. Perform REP 1.3 to remove the Hard Drive.
5. Perform REP 1.4 to remove the Memory Module(s).
6. Perform REP 1.5 to remove the IOT Interface PWB.
7. Perform REP 1.6 to remove the Firewire PWB.
8. Perform REP 1.8 to remvove the Processor.
9. Disconnect all the cables connected to the system board.

Figure 5

11. Remove the screws (8) that secure the system board to the chassis.

Figure 4

10. Lift and release the expansion-card latch to gain access to the screws securing the sys-
tem board.

Figure 6

12. Slide the system board towards the front of the computer.

Supersedes 11/2011 Repairs and Adjustments


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 4-45 REP 1.9
Replacement
1. Gently align the new System Board into the chassis and slide it toward the back of the
computer.
2. Secure the System Board to the computer frame using the screws (8) removed in step 9
of the removal procedure.
3. Reconnect all cables to the System Board.
4. Perform the replacement procedure in REP 1.8 to reinstall the Processor.
5. Perform the replacement procedure in REP 1.5 to reinstall the IOT Interface PWB.
6. Perform the replacement procedure in REP 1.6 to reinstall the Firewire PWB.
7. Perform the replacement procedure in REP 1.4 to reinstall the Memory Modules.
8. Perform the replacement procedure in REP 1.10 to reinstall the CDROM drive.
9. Reinstall the Front Bezel.
10. Perform the replacement procedure in REP 1.1 to close the Controller Cover.

Figure 7

13. Remove the system board from the chassis.

Figure 8

Repairs and Adjustments 11/2011 Supersedes


REP 1.9 4-46 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
REP 1.10 CDROM Drive Replacement
Parts List on YKE PL 8.2 1. Unpack the drive and prepare it for installation.

Parts List on YKE-N PL 8.4 NOTE: Check the documentation that accompanied the drive to verify that the drive is
configured for your computer. If you are installing an IDE drive, configure the drive for the
Parts List on FRX PL 8.5
cable select setting.
Parts List on LVX PL 8.7
2. If the replacement drive does not have the bracket rails attached, remove the rails from
Parts List on UXC PL 8.9 the old drive by removing the two screws that secure each rail to the drive as shown in
Parts List on UXC-N PL 8.11 Figure 2. Attach the bracket to the new drive by aligning the screw holes on the drive with
the screw holes on the bracket rails and then inserting and tightening all four screws (two
Parts List on DA0 PL 8.13
screws on each rail).
For YKE
Removal
1. Perform REP 1.1 to open the Controller Cover.
2. Disconnect the power and CDROM drive cables from the back of the CDROM drive.
3. Press inward on the two tabs on the sides of the drive, and then slide the drive upward
and remove it from the drive bay as shown in Figure 1.

Figure 2 YKE CDROM Drive Rails

1 Drive
2 Bracket Rails (2)
3 Screws (4)

3. Gently slide the drive into place until you hear a click or feel the drive securely installed.
4. Connect the power and CDROM drive cables to the CDROM drive.
5. Check all cable connections, and fold cables out of the way to provide airflow for the fan
and cooling vents.
6. Perform the replacement procedure in REP 1.1 to close the Controller Cover.
Figure 1 YKE CDROM Drive Removal

Supersedes 11/2011 Repairs and Adjustments


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 4-47 REP 1.10
For YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N
Removal
1. Perform REP 1.1 to open the Controller Cover.
2. Pull up on the Drive Release Latch and slide the drive towards the back of the controller
as shown in Figure 3. Lift the drive out of the controller.

Figure 4 YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N Shoulder Screws Installation

3. Connect the power and CDROM drive cables to the back of the new CDROM drive.
4. Align the shoulder screws with the screw guides and slide the CDROM drive into the bay,
as shown in Figure 5, until it clicks into place.

Figure 3 YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N CDROM Removal

1 Drive Release Latch


2 CDROM Drive

3. Disconnect the power and CDROM drive cables from the back of the CDROM drive.
Replacement
1. Unpack the drive and prepare it for installation.

NOTE: Check the documentation that accompanied the drive to verify that the drive is
configured for your computer. If you are installing an IDE drive, configure the drive for the
cable select setting.

2. Remove the three shoulder screws from the existing CDROM drive and insert the screws Figure 5 YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N CDROM Installation
in the new CDROM drive as shown in Figure 4.
5. Check all cable connections, and fold cables out of the way to provide airflow for the fan
and cooling vents.
6. Perform the replacement procedure in REP 1.1 to close the Controller Cover.

Repairs and Adjustments 11/2011 Supersedes


REP 1.10 4-48 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
For DA0 Replacement
Removal 1. Unpack the drive and prepare it for installation.
1. Perform REP 1.1 to open the Controller Cover. NOTE: Check the documentation that accompanied the drive to verify that the drive is
2. Remove the Front Bezel. configured for your computer. If you are installing an IDE drive, configure the drive for the
3. Remove the data cable and power cable from the back of the optical drive. cable select setting.

2. Slide down the optical-drive latch and push the optical drive from the front towards the
back of the computer.
3. Connect the data cable and power cable to the optical drive.
4. Reinstall the Front Bezel.
5. Perform the replacement procedure in REP 1.1 to close the Controller Cover.

Figure 6 Remove the Power and Data Cables

4. Slide up the optical-drive latch and then push the optical drive from the back towards the
front of the computer.

Figure 7 Remove the Drive

Supersedes 11/2011 Repairs and Adjustments


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 4-49 REP 1.10
REP 1.11 Card Cage a. Align the tabs in the side of the card cage with the slots on the side of the computer
as shown in Figure 2.
Parts List on YKE PL 8.2
Parts List on YKE-N PL 8.4
Parts List on FRX PL 8.5
Parts List on LVX PL 8.7
Parts List on UXC PL 8.9
Parts List on UXC-N PL 8.11
For YKE
Removal
1. Perform REP 1.1 to open the Controller Cover.
2. Remove the card cage:
a. Check any cables connected to cards through the back-panel openings. Disconnect
any cables that will not reach the card cage once they are removed from the com-
puter.
b. Gently pull on the handle and lift the card cage up and away from the computer as
shown in Figure 1.

Figure 2 YKE Card Cage Installation

1 Card Cage
2 Tabs (2)
3 Slots (2)

b. Slide the card cage down into place.


c. Ensure that the riser board is fully seated in the connector on the system board.
d. Route cable required for the card(s) through the back panel opening and reconnect
the cable(s) to the card(s).
e. Perform the replacement procedure in REP 1.1 to close the Controller Cover.

Figure 1 YKE Card Cage Removal

1 Card Cage
2 Handle

Replacement
1. Replace the card cage:

Repairs and Adjustments 11/2011 Supersedes


REP 1.11 4-50 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
For YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N
Removal
1. Perform REP 1.1 to open the Controller Cover.
2. Remove the card cage:
a. Check any cables connected to cards through the back-panel openings. Disconnect
any cables that will not reach the card cage once they are removed from the com-
puter.
b. Gently pull on the handle and lift the card cage up and away from the computer as
shown in Figure 3.

Figure 4 YKE-N/FRX/LVX Card Cage Installation

1 Riser Card Cage


2 Slots
3 Riser Boards (2)
4 System Board Connectors (2)

b. Slide the card cage down into place.


c. Ensure that the riser board is fully seated in the connector on the system board.
Figure 3 YKE-N/FRX/LVX Card Cage Removal d. Route cable(s) required for the card(s) through the back panel opening and recon-
nect the cable(s) to the card(s).
1 Riser Card Cage e. Perform the replacement procedure in REP 1.1 to close the Controller Cover.
2 Handle

Replacement
1. Replace the card cage:
a. Align the tabs in the side of the card cage with the slots on the side of the computer
as shown in Figure 4.

Supersedes 11/2011 Repairs and Adjustments


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 4-51 REP 1.11
REP 1.12 I/O Panel
Parts List on YKE PL 8.2
Parts List on YKE-N PL 8.4
Parts List on FRX PL 8.5
Parts List on LVX PL 8.7
Parts List on UXC PL 8.9
Parts List on UXC-N PL 8.11
Parts List on DA0 PL 8.15
For YKE
Removal
CAUTION
The following components in the FreeFlow Accxes Controller are susceptible to electrostatic
discharge. Observe all ESD procedures to avoid component damage.
1. Perform REP 1.1 to open the Controller Cover.
2. Disconnect the Hard Disk Drive data cable.
3. Disconnect all cables that are connected to the I/O panel as shown in Figure 1.

Figure 1 YKE I/O Panel

1 Chassis Intrusion Switch Cable Connector


2 Internal Speaker Cable Connector
3 I/O Cable Connector
4 Control Panel Cable Connector
5 Mounting Screw
6 Front Audio Cable Connector

4. Remove the mounting screw that secures the I/O panel to the controller and remove the I/
O panel from the controller.
Replacement
1. Insert the I/O Panel into the controller and secure the panel to the controller with the
screw.
2. Reconnect all I/O Panel cables.
3. Reconnect the Hard Disk Drive data cable. See REP 1.3 Hard Disk Drive for the location
of the cable.
4. Perform the replacement procedure in REP 1.1 to close the Controller Cover.

Repairs and Adjustments 11/2011 Supersedes


REP 1.12 4-52 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
For YKE-N/FRX/LVX Replacement
Removal NOTE: Use the guides on the I/O Panel Bracket to help position the I/O Panel in place and use
CAUTION the notch on the I/O Panel Bracket to help seat the card.
The following components in the FreeFlow Accxes Controller are susceptible to electrostatic
1. Insert the I/O Panel into the controller and secure the panel to the controller with the
discharge. Observe all ESD procedures to avoid component damage.
screw.
1. Perform REP 1.1 to open the Controller Cover. 2. Reconnect the I/O Cable to the I/O Panel.
2. Remove the I/O Cable from the I/O Panel by pulling on the pull-loop as shown in Figure 2. 3. Perform the replacement procedure in REP 1.1 to close the Controller Cover.
3. Remove the screw that secure the I/O Panel to the computer frame.

Figure 2 YKE-N/FRX/LVX I/O Panel

1 Securing Screw
2 I/O Panel
3 I/O Cable Connector
4 I/O Connector Pull-loop

4. Gently rotate and slide the I/O Panel away from the computer.

Supersedes 11/2011 Repairs and Adjustments


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 4-53 REP 1.12
For DA0
Removal
CAUTION
The following components in the FreeFlow Accxes Controller are susceptible to electrostatic
discharge. Observe all ESD procedures to avoid component damage.
1. Perform REP 1.1 to open the Controller Cover.
2. Remove the Front Bezel.
3. Disconnect the Input/Output panel or the FlyWire cable from the system board.

Figure 4 Remove Screws

5. Slide the Input/Output panel towards the right of the system to release from chassis.

Figure 3 Disconnect I/O Panel Cable

4. Remove the screw that secures the Input/Output panel to the chassis.

Figure 5 Slide I/O Panel

6. Remove the Input/Output panel.

Repairs and Adjustments 11/2011 Supersedes


REP 1.12 4-54 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
Replacement
NOTE: Use the guides on the I/O Panel Bracket to help position the I/O Panel in place and use
the notch on the I/O Panel Bracket to help seat the card.

1. Insert the I/O Panel into the controller and secure the panel to the controller with the
screw.
2. Reconnect the I/O Cable to the I/O Panel.
3. Perform the replacement procedure in REP 1.1 to close the Controller Cover.

Figure 6 Remove I/O Panel

Supersedes 11/2011 Repairs and Adjustments


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 4-55 REP 1.12
REP 1.13 6622 Interface PWB Replacement
Parts List on UXC PL 8.9 1. Insert the 6622 Interface PWB into the card connector as shown in Figure 2.

Parts List on UXC-N PL 8.11


For UXC/UXC-N
6622 Interface PWB
Removal
CAUTION
The following components in the FreeFlow Accxes Controller are susceptible to electrostatic
discharge. Observe all ESD procedures to avoid component damage.
1. Perform REP 1.1 to open the Controller Cover.

NOTE: See the documentation that came with the card for information on configuring the
card, making internal connections, or otherwise customizing it for your computer.

2. Press the lever on the retention arm and raise the retention arm Figure 1.
3. Grasp the 6622 Interface PWB by its top corners, and ease it out of its connector.

Figure 2 6622 Interface PWB Installation

NOTE: The 6622 Interface PWB must be inserted in the slot shown in Figure 2.

2. Lower the retention arm and press it into place, securing the 6622 Interface PWB in the
slot.
3. Perform the replacement procedure in REP 1.1 to close the Controller Cover.

Figure 1 6622 Interface PWB Removal

1 Card
2 Retention Latch
3 System Board Connector
4 Release Tab

Repairs and Adjustments 11/2011 Supersedes


REP 1.13 4-56 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
REP 1.14 RS-232 PCI Serial PWB 5. Grasp the Ribbon Cable Port Connector by its top corners, and ease it out of its connec-
tor.
Parts List on UXC PL 8.9
Replacement
Parts List on UXC-N PL 8.11 1. Insert the RS-232 PCI Serial PWB into the card connector as shown in Figure 2.
Parts List on DA0 PL 8.15
For UXC/UXC-N
Removal
CAUTION
The following components in the FreeFlow Accxes Controller are susceptible to electrostatic RS-232 PCI Serial PWB
discharge. Observe all ESD procedures to avoid component damage.
1. Perform REP 1.1 to open the Controller Cover.

NOTE: See the documentation that came with the card for information on configuring the
card, making internal connections, or otherwise customizing it for your computer.

2. Press the lever on the retention arms and raise the retention arms for the RS-232 PCI
Serial PWB and the additional Ribbon Cable Port Connector (Figure 1).
Ribbon Cable Connector
3. Disconnect the ribbon cable from the RS-232 PCI Serial PWB.
4. Grasp the RS-232 PCI Serial PWB by its top corners, and ease it out of its connector.

Ribbon Cable Port Connector

Figure 2 RS-232 PCI PWB Installation

NOTE: The RS-232 PCI PWB must be inserted in the slot shown in Figure 2.

2. Insert the Ribbon Cable Port Connector into the card connector as shown in Figure 2.
3. Lower the retention arms and press them into place, securing the RS-232 PCI Serial
PWB and the Ribbon Cable Port Connector in their respective slots.
4. Connect the ribbon cable on the Ribbon Cable Port Connector to the RS-232 PCI Serial
PWB.
5. Perform the replacement procedure in REP 1.1 to close the Controller Cover.

Figure 1 RS-232 PCI Serial PWB Removal

1 Card
2 Retention Latch
3 System Board Connector
4 Release Tab

Supersedes 11/2011 Repairs and Adjustments


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 4-57 REP 1.14
REP 1.15 Power Supply Unit (PSU) Thermal Sensor 4. Unthread the thermal-sensor cable from the chassis clip.

Parts List on DA0 PL 8.15


For DA0
Removal
1. Perform REP 1.1 to open the Controller Cover.
2. Disconnect the thermal-sensor cable from the system board,

Figure 3 Un-thread Cable

5. Pry the thermal sensor away from the power supply and remove from the chassis.

Figure 1 Disconnect Cable

3. Unthread the thermal-sensor cable from the chassis clip.

Figure 4 Remove Thermal Sensor

Replacement
1. Secure the thermal sensor to the power supply.
2. Thread the thermal-sensor cable into the chassis clip.
3. Connect the thermal-sensor cable to the system board.
Figure 2 Unthread Thermal Sensor Cable 4. Perform the replacement procedure in REP 1.1 to close the Controller Cover.

Repairs and Adjustments 11/2011 Supersedes


REP 1.15 4-58 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
REP 1.16 Front Thermal Sensor 5. Pry the thermal sensor away from the chassis fromt and remove.

Parts List on DA0 PL 8.15


For DA0
Removal
1. Perform REP 1.1 to open the Controller Cover.
2. Remove the Front Bezel.
3. Disconnect the thermal-sensor cable from the system board.

Figure 3 Remove Thermal Sensor

Replacement
1. Secure the thermal sensor to the front chassis.
2. Thread the thermal-sensor cable into the chassis clip.
3. Connect the thermal-sensor cable to the system board.
4. Reinstall the Front Bezel.
Figure 1 Disconnect Thermal Sensor Cable 5. Perform the replacement procedure in REP 1.1 to close the Controller Cover.

4. Unthread the thermal-sensor cable from the chassis clip.

Figure 2 Unthread Thermal Sensor Cable

Supersedes 11/2011 Repairs and Adjustments


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 4-59 REP 1.16
Repairs and Adjustments 11/2011 Supersedes
REP 1.16 4-60 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
5 Parts Lists
Introduction ..................................................................................................................... 5-3
Subsystem Information ................................................................................................... 5-4
Symbology ...................................................................................................................... 5-5
PL 8.1 YKE Controller Components (1 of 2) ................................................................... 5-7
PL 8.2 YKE Controller Components (2 of 2) ................................................................... 5-8
PL 8.3 YKE-N Controller Components (1 of 2) ............................................................... 5-9
PL 8.4 YKE-N Controller Components (2 of 2) ............................................................... 5-10
PL 8.5 FRX Controller Components (1 of 2) ................................................................... 5-11
PL 8.6 FRX Controller Components (2 of 2) ................................................................... 5-12
PL 8.7 LVX Controller Components (1 of 2).................................................................... 5-13
PL 8.8 LVX Controller Components (2 of 2).................................................................... 5-14
PL 8.9 UXC Controller Components (1 of 2)................................................................... 5-15
PL 8.10 UXC Controller Components (2 of 2)................................................................. 5-16
PL 8.11 UXC-N Controller Components (1 of 2) ............................................................. 5-17
PL 8.12 UXC-N Controller Components (2 of 2) ............................................................. 5-18
PL 8.13 DA0 Controller Components (1 of 3) ................................................................. 5-19
PL 8.14 DA0 Controller Components (2 of 3) ................................................................. 5-20
PL 8.15 DA0 Controller Components (3 of 3) ................................................................. 5-21

Supersedes 11/2011 Parts Lists


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 5-1
Parts Lists 11/2011 Supersedes
5-2 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
Introduction Table 1

Overview Abbreviation Meaning

The Parts List section identifies all part numbers and the corresponding location of all spared R/E Reduction/Enlargement
subsystem components. REF: Refer to
SCSI Small Computer Systems Interface
Organization W/ With
Parts Lists W/O Without
Each item number in the part number listing corresponds to an item number in the related
illustration. All the parts in a given subsystem of the machine will be located in the same Table 2
illustration or in a series of associated illustrations.
Operating Companies
Electrical Connectors and Fasteners Abbreviation Meaning
This section contains the illustrations and descriptions of the plugs, jacks, and fasteners used
AO Americas Operations
in the machine. A part number listing of the connectors is included.
NASG - US North American Solutions Group - US
Common Hardware NASG - North American Solutions Group - Can-
The common hardware is listed in alphabetical order by the letter or letters used to identify Canada ada
each item in the part number listing and in the illustrations. Dimensions are in millimeters XE Xerox Europe
unless otherwise identified.
Symbology
Part Number Index
Symbology used in the Parts List section is identified in the Symbology section.
This index lists all the spared parts in the machine in numerical order. Each number is followed
by a reference to the parts list on which the part may be found. Service Procedure Referencing
If a part or assembly has an associated repair or adjustment procedure, the procedure number
Other Information will be listed at the end of the part description in the parts lists e.g. (REP 5.1, ADJ 5.3)
Abbreviations
Abbreviations are used in the parts lists and the exploded view illustrations to provide
information in a limited amount of space. The following abbreviations are used in this manual:

Table 1
Abbreviation Meaning
A3 297 x 594 Millimeters
A4 210 x 297 Millimeters
A5 148 x 210 Millimeters
AD Auto Duplex
AWG American Wire Gauge
EMI Electro Magnetic Induction
GB Giga Byte
KB Kilo Byte
MB Mega Byte
MM Millimeters
MOD Magneto Optical Drive
NOHAD Noise Ozone Heat Air Dirt
PL Parts List
P/O Part of

Supersedes 11/2011 Parts Lists


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 5-3 Introduction
Subsystem Information
Use of the Term "Assembly"
The term "assembly" will be used for items in the part number listing that include other itemized
parts in the part number listing. When the word "assembly” is found in the part number listing,
there will be a corresponding item number on the illustrations followed by a bracket and a
listing of the contents of the assembly.

Brackets
A bracket is used when an assembly or kit is spared, but is not shown in the illustration. The
item number of the assembly or kit precedes the bracket; the item numbers of the piece parts
follow the bracket.

Tag
The notation "W/Tag" in the parts description indicates that the part configuration has been
updated. Check the change Tag index in the General Information section of the Service Data
for the name and purpose of the modification.

In some cases, a part or assembly may be spared in two versions: with the Tag and without the
Tag. In those cases, use whichever part is appropriate for the configuration of the machine on
which the part is to be installed. If the machine does not have a particular Tag and the only
replacement part available is listed as "W/Tag," install the Tag kit or all of the piece parts. The
Change Tag Index tells you which kit or piece parts you need.

Whenever you install a Tag kit or all the piece parts that make up a Tag, mark the appropriate
number on the Tag matrix.

Parts Lists 11/2011 Supersedes


Subsystem Information 5-4 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
Symbology A Tag number within a circle having a shaded bar and pointing to an item number shows that
the configuration of the part shown is the configuration before the part was changed by the Tag
A Tag number within a circle pointing to an item number shows that the part has been changed number within the circle (Figure 2).
by the tag number within the circle (Figure 1). Information on the modification is in the Change
Tag Index.

Figure 2 Without Tag Symbol

Figure 1 With Tag Symbol

Supersedes 11/2011 Parts Lists


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 5-5 Symbology
A tag number within a circle with no apex shows that the entire drawing has been changed by A tag number within a circle with no apex and having a shaded bar shows that the entire
the tag number within the circle (Figure 3). Information on the modification is in the Change Tag drawing was the configuration before being changed by the tag number within the circle
Index. (Figure 4).

Figure 3 Entire Drawing With Tag Symbol Figure 4 Entire Drawing Without Tag Symbol

Parts Lists 11/2011 Supersedes


Symbology 5-6 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
PL 8.1 YKE Controller Components (1
of 2) 2
Item Part Description 3
1 97N01489 YKE Controller Assembly
2 W6946 48X, CD, Samsung, Chassis 2005
3 K3749 80G, Serial ATA, 8MEGB, Hitachi- 4
Vancouver 3
– M1294 80G, Serial ATA, Lead Free,
WDXL80SD-2
– W0109 80G, Serial ATA, 7.2K, 8MEGB,
WDXL80SD-2
– W3004 80G, Serial ATA,7.2K, 8MEGB,
Seagate-Alpine
– Y3392 80G, Serial ATA, 8M, 7.2K, Maxtor
Calypso
4 K7168 HDD Carrier, Plastic, SMITH
5 H7058 CPU Fan and Shroud Assembly,
SMITH
6 Y6791 Front I/O Panel Assembly
7 R5017 Memory Module, DIMM, 512,
2X256, 400, 1rX16, 512
8 75481 Battery, Miniature, 3V, 190MAH,
COIN, Lithium
9 C5201 Power Supply, 305 Watt, Dual
Serial ATA, Smith Chassis, Delta, 8
PFC 6
– D5032 Power Supply, 305 Watt, Dual
Serial ATA, Smith Chassis, LiteOn,
PFC
– D5539 Power Supply, 280 Watt, Dual
Serial ATA, NEO Chassis, PFC, 7
Hipro 5
– F5114 Power Supply, 280 Watt, Dual
Serial ATA, NEO Chassis, PFC,
LiteOn
– W4828 Power Supply, 305 Watt, Dual
Serial ATA, Smith Chassis, Hipro,
PFC
10 604K35070 Controller Mounting Bracket (510
8850, 8825, and 8830 only) (Not
Shown)
11 604K35060 Controller Mounting Bracket (721
and 6030/6050 Only) (Not Shown)
12 962K62960 Interface VIII Cable (Not Shown)
13 962K50390 P193 Interface Cable (Not Shown)

Supersedes 11/2011 Parts Lists


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 5-7 PL 8.1
PL 8.2 YKE Controller Components (2 of 2)
Item Part Description
1 J7328 F5 Filler Panel Assembly, 5.25”, FORM FACTOR, SMITH
2 R6716 Front non-removable Bezel Assembly, SMITH
3 R6728 Top Plastic, Optiplex, SMITH
4 R6760 Removable Front Drive Bezel, Plastic, Optiplex, SMITH
5 W5751 Badge, GX280
6 W6180 Top Plastic, Optiplex, SMITH
7 N8597 Prescott Celeron, 325, 2.53G, 533FSB, 256KB, Socket T, E0
includes processor, thermal grease, and techsheet
8 M9053 PCI Retention Bracket Service Kit, External, Contains R6767 and
W6246, SMITH
9 R6074 Intrusion Switch Assembly, Lead Free, Matrix Chassis
10 R6761 Plastic Heat Sink Mounting Bracket
11 M6792 Front CPU Fan Assembly, 12V, NEO
12 D7931 Heat Sink and Shroud Assembly, MAINSTREAM, NEO, For
processors 540 and below and all Celerons
– J7109 Heat Sink and Shroud Assembly, MAINSTREAM, SMITH, For
processors 540 and below and all Celerons
13 F4582 IEEE 1394A Controller, PCI, ADAPTEC
14 D9800 Blue Audio Cable for “n” series, SMITH, 2.0
15 M8865 Serial ATA Data Cable, SMITH, 2.0
16 C6173 Round black cable that runs from Sound Card (K4562) to Front of I/O
Assembly
17 Y5393 Ribbon Cable from System Board to Front I/O Panel for USB and
onboard sound
18 5120P Power Cord, 6ft., US
19 604K42700 Folder Serial Cable Interface Kit
20 960K33010 IOT Interface PWB (P193), RoHS
21 960K33350 IOT Interface PWB (Interface VIII), RoHS
22 849E69300 Full Height PCI Bracket

Parts Lists 11/2011 Supersedes


PL 8.2 5-8 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
PL 8.3 YKE-N Controller Components
(1 of 2)
Item Part Description
1 97N01510 YKE-N Controller Assembly 2
2 CC726 48X, CD, HLDS, RoHS, Chassis
2005
– H7833 48X, CD, LiteOn, RoHS, Chassis
2005
3 KC297 80G, Serial ATA, NCQ, RoHS,
Seagate Puma
– M1294 80G, Serial ATA, RoHS, WD-
XL80SD-2
4 D7579 HDD Carrier, Plastic, Neo, RoHS
5 H7445 Heat Sink and Shroud Assembly, 3
Performance, Neo, RoHS
6 X8912 Front Control and I/O Panel
Assembly, 2.0, Neo, RoHS
7 A0490694 DIMM, 512MB, DDR2, 533M,
64x64, 8, 240, 1RX8, Lead Free,
RoHS 5
8 K8965 Power Supply, 220 Watt, PFC, 4
LiteOn, RoHS, Neo 6
– M8803 Power Supply, 220 Watt, PFC,
Hipro, RoHS, Neo
– N8374 Power Supply, 220 Watt, PFC, 8
Delta, RoHS, Neo
9 M5247 Dual PCI Riser Assembly, 2 PCI
Slots, Leaded, Neo, RoHS
10 101K57560 6204 Accxes PWBA Assembly (Not
Shown)
11 962K57100 USB Cable, 3’ (0.9m) Long (6204
Only) (Not Shown)
12 068K54480 Controller Mounting Bracket
Assembly (6204 Only) (Not Shown)
13 604K35070 Controller Mounting Bracket (510,
8850, 8825, and 8830 only) (Not
Shown)
14 604K35060 Controller Mounting Bracket (721
and 6030/6050 only) (Not Shown)
15 962K62960 Interface VIII Cable (Not Shown)
16 962K50390 P193 Interface Cable (Not Shown)
17 604K48470 Removable Hard Drive Kit (Not
Shown)
9
7

Supersedes 11/2011 Parts Lists


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 5-9 PL 8.3
PL 8.4 YKE-N Controller Components (2 of 2)
Item Part Description
1 F7779 FDD, F3 Filler Panel Assembly, Neo, RoHS
2 8T440 Filler Back Plate for Card Slots, SFF, RoHS
3 C6089 Rear Removable Back Plate used if there is no riser, Neo, RoHS
4 U6265 Odd F5 Filler Panel Assembly, Neo, RoHS
5 Y8608 Complete Front Bezel Assembly, 2.0, Neo, RoHS
6 P9004 Badge, GX520, Neo, RoHS
7 FD874 Prescott Celeron Kit, 331, 2.66G, 533FSB, 256KB, Socket T, RoHS
8 75481 Battery, Miniature, 3V, 190MAH, COIN, Lithium, RoHS
9 ND214 Motherboard Service Kit, RoHS, GX520, Neo
10 R6074 Intrusion Switch Assembly, RoHS
– UC635 Intrusion Switch Assembly, RoHS, GX520
11 R6761 Plastic Heat Sink Mounting Bracket, RoHS
12 M6792 CPU Fan and Shroud Assembly, Neo, RoHS
13 F4582 IEEE 1394A Controller, PCI, Full Height, ADAPTEC
14 X5713 Blue Audio Cable for “n” series, Neo, RoHS
15 M8865 Serial ATA Data Cable, PRIMARY, Neo, RoHS
16 U5956 Ribbon Cable for Front I/O Panel for USB & Onboard Sound, Neo,
RoHS
17 W5775 Floppy Data Cable, ATAPI, Neo, RoHS
18 5120P Power Cord, 6ft., US, RoHS
19 C6012 IDE Data Cable, SECONDARY, Neo, RoHS
20 U9004 Cable Cover Assembly, Cypher, OptiPlex, RoHS
21 604K42700 Folder Serial Cable Interface Kit
22 960K33010 IOT Interface PWB (P193), RoHS
23 960K33350 IOT Interface PWB (Interface VIII), RoHS
24 849E69300 Full Height PCI Bracket

Parts Lists 11/2011 Supersedes


PL 8.4 5-10 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
PL 8.5 FRX Controller Components (1
of 2)
Item Part Description
1 97N01616 FRX Controller Assembly 2
2 UH550 48X, CD, SATA, LTON, BLK, RoHS
– XU686 48X, CD, SATA, PHPS, BLK, RoHS 9
3 8D048 80G, HD, SATA2, Hitachi-
Pathfinder, RoHS
– DC334 80G, HD, SATA2, Seagate-Tonka,
RoHS
– NR694 80G, HD, SATA2, WD-Unicorn,
RoHS
– XD673 80G, HD, SATA2, Samsung P80S+,
RoHS 3
4 D7931 Heat Sink and Shroud Assembly,
Mainstream, Neo, 2 pipe, RoHS
5 HJ318 Front I/O Panel Assembly, Neo,
RoHS
6 X8388 DIMM, 512 MB, DDR2, 667M,
64x64, 8, 240, 1RX8, RoHS 4
7 MH596 Power Supply, 280 Watt, PFC,
LiteOn, 07, Neo, RoHS 5
– NH429 Power Supply, 280 Watt, PFC,
Hipro, 07, Neo, RoHS
8 JH313 Dual PCI Riser Assembly, 2 PCI 7
Slots, V2, Neo, RoHS
9 Y5295 Removable Side Cover Assembly,
Metal, Neo, RoHS
10 101K57560 6204 Accxes PWBA Assembly (Not
Shown)
11 962K57100 USB Cable, 3’ (0.9m) Long (6204
Only) (Not Shown)
12 068K54480 Controller Mounting Bracket
Assembly (6204 Only) (Not Shown)
13 604K35070 Controller Mounting Bracket (510,
8850, 8825, and 8830 only) (Not
Shown)
14 604K35060 Controller Mounting Bracket (721,
and 6030/6050 only) (Not Shown)
15 962K62960 Interface VIII Cable (Not Shown)
16 962K50390 P193 Interface Cable (Not Shown)
17 604K48470 Removable Hard Drive Kit (Not
Shown)
8
6

Parts Lists 11/2011 Supersedes


PL 8.5 5-11 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
PL 8.6 FRX Controller Components (2 of 2)
Item Part Description
1 HK883 Filler Panel, Metal (for EMI Fix), Optical Drive, Black, Optiplex, Neo,
RoHS
2 JJ119 Front Bezel Assembly, Black, 2.0, Neo, RoHS
3 KK976 Filler Panel, Metal (for EMI Fix), Floppy Drive, Black, Optiplex, Neo,
RoHS
4 NJ779 Filler Panel, Floppy Drive, Optiplex, Neo, RoHS
5 RJ245 Filler Panel, Optical Drive, Optiplex, Neo, RoHS
6 HJ320 Badge, Optiplex 745, Neo, RoHS
7 DH717 Prescott Celeron Kit, 346, 3.06G, 533FSB, 256KB, Socket T, RoHS
8 KU144 Battery, Miniature, 3V, 190MAH, COIN, Lithium, RoHS
9 XP720 Motherboard Service Kit, Optiplex 745, Neo, RoHS
10 UC635 Intrusion Switch Assembly, RoHS
11 RP921 Mounting Bracket for Heat Sink, RoHS
12 M6792 CPU Fan and Shroud Assembly, Neo, RoHS
13 Y9457 IEEE 1394A Controller, PCI, Full Height, ADAPTEC
14 FC541 Serial ATA Data Cable, Optical, Neo, RoHS
15 MK082 Front I/O Cable Assembly, Neo, 3.0, RoHS
16 U5959 Serial ATA Data Cable, PRIMARY, Neo, RoHS
17 6878T Power Cord, 6ft, US only, RoHS
18 604K42700 Folder Serial Cable Interface Kit
19 960K33010 IOT Interface PWB (P193), RoHS
20 960K33350 IOT Interface PWB (Interface VIII), RoHS
21 849E69300 Full Height PCI Bracket

Parts Lists 11/2011 Supersedes


PL 8.6 5-12 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
PL 8.7 LVX Controller Components (1
of 2)
Item Part Description
1 97N01660 LVX Controller Assembly 2
2 HX602 24X, CD, 24X SATA, TSST, Cypher,
9
RoHS
– JH252 24X, CD, Includes Sled and SATA
Interposer, RoHS
3 0C319 80G, SATA2, WD-ODY, RoHS
– DN130 80G, SATA2, WD-SEQ, RoHS
– HM933 80G, SATA2, Samsung-S166,
RoHS
– HY281 80G, SATA2, Seagate-Nighthawk,
RoHS 3
4 RW134 Heat Sink and Shroud Assembly,
Mainstream, Neo, 2.0, RoHS
5 RY698 Front I/O Panel Assembly, Neo,
2.0, RoHS
– TP003 Front I/O Panel Assembly, Cypher,
RoHS 4
– TP004 Front I/O Panel Assembly, Smith,
4.0, RoHS 5
6 A1249406 1GB DDR2 SDRAM, 240 pin
DIMM, PC2-5300/667MHz, Non-
ECC, Unbuffered, RoHS 7
– A1249405 1GB DDR2 SDRAM, 240 pin
DIMM, PC2-6400/800MHz, Non-
ECC, Unbuffered, RoHS
– A1249408 512MB DDR2 SDRAM, 240 pin
DIMM, PC2-5300/667MHz, Non-
ECC, Unbuffered, RoHS
7 GR391 Power Supply, Harness/UPC, 280
Watt, Neo, RoHS
– JK930 Power Supply, EPA, 280 Watt,
PFC, Hipro, Neo, RoHS
– MH596 Power Supply, 280 Watt, PFC,
LiteOn, 07, Neo, RoHS
– NH429 Power Supply, 280 Watt, PFC,
Hipro, 07, Neo, RoHS
– RT490 Power Supply, 280 Watt, PFC,
Delta, 07, Neo, RoHS
– WW109 Power Supply, EPA, 280 Watt,
PFC, LiteOn, Neo, RoHS
8
8 HX727 Combo Riser Assembly, PCI and 6
PCI-E, 16X Slots, Neo, RoHS
– HX727 PCI Riser Assembly, Neo, 1.0,
RoHS
9 CR916 Removable Side Cover, Neo, 2.0,
RoHS

Parts Lists 11/2011 Supersedes


PL 8.7 5-13 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
PL 8.8 LVX Controller Components (2 of 2)
Item Part Description
1 HK883 Filler Panel, Metal (for EMI Fix), Optical Drive, Black, Neo,RoHS
2 JN849 Front Bezel Assembly (includes power button), Black, Neo, V3 (only
for systems that have 2 HDDs), RoHS
– YW519 Front Bezel Assembly (includes power button), Black, Neo, V2,
RoHS
3 KK976 Filler Panel, Metal (for EMI Fix), Floppy Drive, Black, Neo, RoHS
4 35FNF PCI Slot Filler Panel, Metal, Full Height, V2, RoHS
5 TC371 PCI Slot Filler Panel, Metal, Low Profile, RoHS
6 PU497 Badge, Optiplex 755, Neo, RoHS
7 XT484 Celeron Kit, 430, 1.8G, 512KB, , 800FSB, A1,RoHS
8 KU144 Battery, Miniature, 3V, 190MAH, COIN, Lithium, RoHS
9 MP622 Motherboard Service Kit, Optiplex 755, Neo, RoHS
10 F4404 Intrusion Switch Assembly, RoHS
– UC635 Intrusion Switch Assembly, RoHS
11 X5653 Plastic Heat Sink Mounting Bracket, RoHS
12 PD812 CPU Fan and Bracket Assembly, Neo, RoHS
13 Y9457 IEEE 1394A Controller, PCI, Full Height, ADAPTEC
14 FC541 Serial ATA Data Cable, Optical, Neo, RoHS
15 MK082 Front I/O Cable Assembly, Neo, 3.0, RoHS
16 U5959 Serial ATA Data Cable, PRIMARY, Neo, RoHS
17 5120P Power Cord, 6ft, US only, RoHS
18 604K42700 Folder Serial Cable Interface Kit
19 960K33010 IOT Interface PWB (P193), RoHS
20 960K33350 IOT Interface PWB (Interface VIII), RoHS
21 849E69300 Full Height PCI Bracket
22 101K57560 6204 Accxes PWBA Assembly
23 962K57100 USB Cable, 3’ (0.9m) Long (6204 Only)
24 068K54480 Controller Mounting Bracket Assembly (6204 Only)
25 604K35070 Controller Mounting Bracket (510, 8850, 8825, and 8830 only)
26 604K35060 Controller Mounting Bracket (721, and 6030/6050 only)
27 962K62960 Interface VIII Cable
28 962K50390 P193 Interface Cable
29 604K48470 Removable Hard Drive Kit

Parts Lists 11/2011 Supersedes


PL 8.8 5-14 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
PL 8.9 UXC Controller Components (1
of 2)
Item Part Description
1 97N01767 UXC Controller Assembly 2
2 DR972 DVD, 16X, SATA, HH, TSST, BLK
RoHS
3 0C319 Hard Disk, 160G, SATA2, HIT-
GEMINI
4 H895D Heat Sink and Shroud Assembly,
Mainstream
5 RY698 Front I/O Panel Assembly
6 CM633 1GB DIMM
7 RM112 Power Supply, 235 Watt, MCSF,
EPA, FLEX 3
– PW116 Power Supply, 235 Watt, MCSF,
APFC, HIPRO
8 HX727 Combo Riser Assembly, PCI and
PCI-E, 16X Slots, Neo

8
6

Parts Lists 11/2011 Supersedes


PL 8.9 5-15 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
PL 8.10 UXC Controller Components (2 of 2)
Item Part Description
1 KK976 Filler Panel, Metal (for EMI Fix), Optical Drive, Black, Neo
2 CW556 Front Bezel Assembly (includes power button), Black, SMITH
3 N787H Removable Top Cover, Plastic
4 U603C Badge, Optiplex 760, Neo
5 T616K SVC Motherboard for Optiplex 760, Neo
6 F4404 Intrusion Switch Assembly
7 JY385 Heat Sink and Shroud Assembly
8 HU540 CPU Fan and Shroud Assembly
9 Y9457 IEEE 1394A Controller, PCI, Full Height, ADAPTEC
10 M8865 Serial ATA Data Cable, Primary, Smith
11 MD713 Serial ATA Optical Data Cable
12 U5959 Serial ATA Data Cable, Primary, Cypher
13 5120P 3.0GHz Wolfdale Dual Core Processor Service Kit, E8400, 6MB,
1333FSB, 65W, E0
14 604K42700 Folder Serial Cable Interface Kit
15 960K33010 IOT Interface PWB (P193)
16 960K33350 IOT Interface PWB (Interface VIII)
17 849E09221 Low Profile PCI Bracket
18 101K57560 6204 Accxes PWBA Assembly
19 962K57100 USB Cable, 3’ (0.9m) Long (6204 Only)
20 068K54480 Controller Mounting Bracket Assembly (6204 Only)
21 604K35070 Controller Mounting Bracket (510, 8850, 8825, and 8830 only)
22 604K35060 Controller Mounting Bracket (721, and 6030/6050 only)
23 962K62960 Interface VIII Cable
24 962K50390 P193 Interface Cable
25 604K48470 Removable Hard Drive Kit
26 960K58121 6622 Interface PWB
27 960K65310 RS-232 PCI Serial PWB

Parts Lists 11/2011 Supersedes


PL 8.10 5-16 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
PL 8.11 UXC-N Controller
Components (1 of 2)
Item Part Description
1 097N01913 UXC-N Controller Assembly 2
2 7GPH0 DVD Assembly, 16X, SATA, Half
Height, HLDS, BLK
– 95J6P DVD Assembly, 16X, SATA, HH,
HLDS, BLK
– H345R DVD, 16X, SATA, Half Height,
PLDS
– M7DTF DVD Assembly, 16X, SATA, Half
Height, TSST, BLK
– V7PJ1 DVD Assembly, 16X, SATA, Half
Height, TSST, BLK 3
3 G996R Hard Disk, 160G S2, 7.2K, Seagate
Pharoah
– H298M Hard Disk, 160G S2, 7.2K,
Samsing F1
– R086J Hard Disk, 160G S2, 7.2K, Hitachi
Saturn 4
4 JY385 Heat Sink and Shroud Assembly,
Neo 5
– RW134 Heat Sink and Shroud Assembly,
Mainstream, Neo, 2.0
– X5653 Plastic Heat Sink Mounting 7
Bracket, Neo
5 RY698 Front I/O Panel Assembly
6 F680F 1GB DIM, 1066, 128X64, 8, 240,
1RX8
– NV0PG 1 GB DIM, 1066, 128X64, F680F,
BCC, for Brazil only
7 CY826 Power Supply, 255 Watt, Neo, EPA,
Flextronics
– F231T Power Supply, 255 Watt, Neo DT,
Silver, Delta Products
– FR597 Power Supply, 255 Watt, Neo,
APFC, Delta
– N249M Power Supply, 255 Watt, Neo DT,
APFC, ACBEL
– RM110 Power Supply, 255 Watt, Neo, EPA,
Hipro
– T164M Power Supply, 255 Watt, Neo DT,
APFC, LITEON
8
8 C6089 Rear removeable backplate used if 6
there is no riser, Neo DT

Parts Lists 11/2011 Supersedes


PL 8.11 5-17 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
PL 8.12 UXC-N Controller Components (2 of 2)
Item Part Description
1 KK976 Filler Panel, Metal (for EMI Fix), Optical Drive, Black, Neo DT
2 NJ779 Filler Panel for Floppy Drive, Neo DT
3 YW519 Front Bezel Assembly (includes power button), Neo DT
4 F7WP2 Removable Chassis Cover, NEO DESKTOP, 2.0
5 U603C Badge, Optiplex 780, Neo
6 1WW5H Brand Label, NEO DESKTOP, 780
7 0CV0G SVC Motherboard for Optiplex 780, Neo
8 F4404 Intrusion Switch Assembly
9 JY385 Heat Sink and Shroud Assembly
10 G928P CPU Fan Assembly, 12V, OPTIPLEX, Neo, 2.0
11 J886H IEEE 1394A Controller Card, PCI, Half Height, LSI LOGIC
12 C293J Serial ATA Cable, HDD, 620MM, BJMT
13 5120P Power Cord, 6 FT, US
14 5R598 Power Cord, 250V, 10A, 6, 5-15/C13
15 K2490 Power Cord, 110V, 6F, AC, 3W, P65, (US)
16 UW269 Power Cord, 250V, 10A, 2M, C13, (Brazil)
17 R498D SATA Cable Assembly, 2.5, Hard Drive, Optiplex, 960
18 W5720 Rubber Foot for Chassis, Neo DT
19 F153G Display Port cap/plug
20 H399J 3.0GHz Wolfdale Dual Core Processor Service Kit, E8400, 6MB,
1333FSB, 65W, E0 (contains Processor X696G)
21 604K42700 Folder Serial Cable Interface Kit
22 960K33010 IOT Interface PWB (P193)
23 960K33350 IOT Interface PWB (Interface VIII)
24 849E09221 Low Profile PCI Bracket
25 101K57560 6204 Accxes PWBA Assembly
26 962K57100 USB Cable, 3’ (0.9m) Long (6204 Only)
27 068K54480 Controller Mounting Bracket Assembly (6204 Only)
28 604K35070 Controller Mounting Bracket (510, 8850, 8825, and 8830 only)
29 604K35060 Controller Mounting Bracket (721, and 6030/6050 only)
30 962K62960 Interface VIII Cable
31 962K50390 P193 Interface Cable
32 604K48470 Removable Hard Drive KiT
33 960K58121 6622 Interface PWB
34 960K65310 RS-232 PCI Serial PWB
35 152N11797 Interface Cable, 19” Long for (6622 Only)

Parts Lists 11/2011 Supersedes


PL 8.12 5-18 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
PL 8.13 DA0 Controller Components
(1 of 3)
Item Part Description
1 097N01999 DA0 Controller Assembly
2 3W9T8 DVD Assembly, 8X, SATA, 12.7 3
Tray, TEAC
– G424R DVD Assembly, 16X, SATA, 12.7,
Half Height, PLDS
3 3F0CM Hard Disk, 250GB S3, 7.2K, 3.5”,
Seagate Pharaoh 6G
– DWN39 Hard Disk, 250G S2, 7.2K, 3.5”,
Samsung F4
– G998R Hard Disk, 250G S2, 7.2K, 3.5”,
Seagate Pharoah
– HNM54 Hard Disk, 250G S3, 7.2K, 3.5”,
Samsung F3
– K017C Hard Disk, 250G S2, 7.2K, 3.5”,
Western Digital XL320
– MFTDX Hard Disk, 250G S2, 7.2K, 3.5”,
Hitachi Jupiter 4
– P5JDG Hard Disk, 250G S3, 7.2K, 3.5”,
Western Digital XL500S
– V174X Hard Disk, 250G S3, 7.2K, 3.5”,
Seagate Pharoah 6G
– YMCF3 Hard Disk, 250G S3, 7.2K, 3.5”, 7
Samsung F4 6G
4 DN8MY Hard Disk Caddy Bracket
Assembly, 3.5”
5 5D0X0 Front Bezel Assembly

1
5

Parts Lists 11/2011 Supersedes


PL 8.13 5-19 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
PL 8.14 DA0 Controller Components
(2 of 3)
Item Part Description
1 6MVJH Power Supply, 250 Watt, EPA, 3
Delta
– 7GC81 Power Supply, 250 Watt, APFC, 5
Hipro
– HY6D2 Power Supply, 250 Watt, AFPC,
Delta
– MPX3V Power Supply, 250 Watt, AFPC,
Flextronics
– YJ1JT Power Supply, 250 Watt, EPA,
1
Flextronics
2 9DVNN Fan Assembly, 80 x 20 mm, 12V, 3 4
NCL/CO
3 9XJXY Heatsink Assembly, Shroud,
Performance, 95W
4 1474G 2GB DIMM, 1333Mhz, 256X64, 8K,
240, ETT
6
– 1N7HK 2GB DIMM, 1333Mhz, 128X64, 8K,
240, 1RX8
– HW5M5 2GB DIMM, 1333Mhz, 256X64, 8K,
240, 1RX8
– P223C 2GB DIMM, 1333Mhz, 128X64, 8K,
240, 2RX8
5 5MH9T Processor Service Kit (contains
processor)
6 4PDTC Motherboard Service Kit (contains
Motherboard)
7 P4713 Rubber Fan Grommet, Trinity, 4pcs 2

Parts Lists 11/2011 Supersedes


PL 8.14 5-20 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
PL 8.15 DA0 Controller Components (3 of 3)
Item Part Description
1 OM62D Cable Assembly, SATA, 280mm
2 1YMGT Cable Assembly, SATA, Straight, ODD, Power
3 29KWG Cable Assembly, SATA, 400mm, Straight, ODD
4 519T8 Cable Assembly, Input/Output
5 GM121 Power Cord Kit, 125V, 2M/6Ft, 10A
6 K2490 Power Cord, 110V, 6F, AC, 3W, P65
7 N5G78 Cable Assembly, Thermal Sensor
8 UC635 Switch Assembly, Intrusion Push Button
9 VW42T Cable Assembly, Switch Control (Power Swtich)
10 CY95G Input/Output Front Panel Card
11 89P8D Input/Output LED Card
12 0U615 Intrusion Switch, No Controller/with Cables, RJ
13 F1J6M Metal Bracket Assembly, F5
14 J131D Thermal Sensor Holder/Clip
15 RNK71 Filler Panel Assembly, F5
16 0U781 Screws for Optical Drives, M3x5mm
17 48480 Screw, 6-32x1/4”
18 C978J M3x5 Washer Head Screw (attaches HD to Bracket), Qty 4
19 WP680 Screw, 4-40x.320, Pan Head, Machine Screw
20 604K42700 Folder Serial Cable Interface Kit
21 960K33010 IOT Interface PWB (P193)
22 960K33350 IOT Interface PWB (Interface VIII)
23 849E09221 Low Profile PCI Bracket
24 101K57560 6204 Accxes PWBA Assembly
25 962K57100 USB Cable, 3’ (0.9m) Long (6204 Only)
26 068K54480 Controller Mounting Bracket Assembly (6204 Only)
27 604K35070 Controller Mounting Bracket (510, 8850, 8825, and 8830 only)
28 604K35060 Controller Mounting Bracket (721, and 6030/6050 only)
29 962K62960 Interface VIII Cable
30 962K50390 P193 Interface Cable
31 604K48470 Removable Hard Drive KiT
32 960K58121 6622 Interface PWB
33 960K65310 RS-232 PCI Serial PWB
34 152N11797 Interface Cable, 19” Long for (6622 Only)

Supersedes 11/2011 Parts Lists


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 5-21 PL 8.15
Parts Lists 11/2011 Supersedes
PL 8.15 5-22 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
6 General Procedures
Controller Shutdown........................................................................................................ 6-3
Diagnostics...................................................................................................................... 6-4
YKE Controller Specifications ......................................................................................... 6-5
YKE-N Controller Specifications ..................................................................................... 6-6
FRX Controller Specifications ......................................................................................... 6-7
LVX Controller Specifications.......................................................................................... 6-8
UXC Controller Specifications ......................................................................................... 6-9
UXC-N Controller Specifications ..................................................................................... 6-10
DA0 Controller Specifications ......................................................................................... 6-11
FreeFlow Access Compatibility ....................................................................................... 6-12
Making Test Prints .......................................................................................................... 6-14
Printing a Diagnostic Page.............................................................................................. 6-16
Controller Installation for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 ................................ 6-17
Software Recovery .......................................................................................................... 6-19
Media Check ................................................................................................................... 6-20
Connecting to a Network - 88xx/510 ............................................................................... 6-21
Connecting to a Network - 721p...................................................................................... 6-22
Connecting to a Network - 6030/6050............................................................................. 6-23
Connecting to a Network - 6050A ................................................................................... 6-24
Connecting to a Network - 6204/6604/6605.................................................................... 6-25
Connecting to a Network - 6279...................................................................................... 6-26
Connecting to a Network - 6622...................................................................................... 6-27
Connecting to a Network - 7142...................................................................................... 6-28
Upgrading the Controller Firmware ................................................................................. 6-29
BIOS Recovery ............................................................................................................... 6-31
Integrated Audio Enablement.......................................................................................... 6-34
Setting IP Address Using ipset Command ...................................................................... 6-35
Setting IP Address for DHCP Using dhcpSet Command ................................................ 6-36
Setting IP Address for DDNS Using dhcpSet Command ................................................ 6-37
Viewing IP Address Using ifShow Command ................................................................. 6-38
Setting Network Speed/Duplex using netSet Command................................................. 6-39
Viewing Network Configuration Using netShow Command ............................................ 6-40
Saving FreeFlow Accxes Parameters to a USB Memory Stick ....................................... 6-41
Restoring FreeFlow Accxes Parameters from a USB Memory Stick .............................. 6-42
Enable/Disable Auto Save Logs to USB ......................................................................... 6-43
Glossary of Accxes Terminology..................................................................................... 6-44
Accxes Debug Commands.............................................................................................. 6-47
Accxes Directory Structure.............................................................................................. 6-51

Supersedes 11/2011 General Procedures


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 6-1
General Procedures 11/2011 Supersedes
6-2 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
Controller Shutdown
Purpose Power Switch Shutdown
The Controller Shutdown procedure is used to exit the Accxes software and GNU/Linux operat- 1. Press and release the controller Power Switch.
ing system, and remove power from the controller. There are two shutdown methods: a Normal 2. Wait approximately 30 seconds for the controller to power down.
Shutdown and a Forced Shutdown. A Normal Shutdown allows the controller to exit the appli-
The controller will prepare for shutdown by exiting the application and then power down
cation before removing power. A Forced Shutdown forces the controller to remove power with-
the controller.
out exiting the application.
NOTE: The Power Switch light will extinguish when the controller shuts down.
CAUTION
If after 30 seconds the controller Power Switch light remains ON, perform a Forced Shut-
Always attempt to use the Normal Shutdown first. If after attempting a Normal Shutdown, the
down to force the controller to power down.
controller Power Switch light is still lit, perform a Forced Shutdown to remove power from the
controller.
CAUTION
Forced Shutdown
When the controller is attached to a Xerox 6204 Wide Format Solution, powering down the
CAUTION
controller will automatically shut power to the 6204. See the Xerox 6204 Wide Format Solution
Printer User Guide for the FreeFlow Accxes Print Server V12.0 for the correct power on / The following procedure will force the controller to power down without exiting the application.
power off sequence for the 6204. Forced Shutdown
1. Press and hold the controller Power Switch for approximately 5 seconds to force the con-
troller to shut down.
Normal Shutdown
NOTE: The Power Switch light will extinguish when the controller shuts down.
There are three ways to perform a Normal Shutdown: using Web Print Management Tool
(WebPMT), at the service prompt or by using the Power Switch on the front of the controller. NOTE: Following a Forced Shutdown, the system may take longer to restart. This is due
to a Linux file system test.
WebPMT Shutdown
1. At the WebPMT page:
• For FreeFlow Accxes Versions 11.x and below - select Printer Defaults > Utilities >
Shutdown
• For FreeFlow Accxes Version 12.0 and above - select Utilities > Shutdown and
click the Shutdown button.
2. Wait approximately 30 seconds for the controller to power down.
The controller will prepare for shutdown by exiting the application and then power down
the controller.

NOTE: The Power Switch light will extinguish when the controller shuts down.

If after 30 seconds the controller Power Switch light remains ON, perform a Forced Shut-
down to force the controller to power down.

Service Prompt Shutdown


1. At the service prompt, type shutdown then press <ENTER>.
2. Wait approximately 30 seconds for the controller to power down.
The controller will prepare for shutdown by exiting the application and then power down
the controller.

NOTE: The Power Switch light will extinguish when the controller shuts down.

If after 30 seconds the controller Power Switch light remains ON, perform a Forced Shut-
down to force the controller to power down.

Supersedes 11/2011 General Procedures


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 6-3 Controller Shutdown
Diagnostics NOTE: In the next step, the putty terminal emulation window will begin to scroll a series of
boot up messages. See Normal Boot Messages in section 1 for a list of key normal boot
Using the Laptop PC for Diagnostics messages.
NOTE: If you do not have a laptop PC, you must escalate the problem. 7. After booting up, the Putty terminal emulation window will display the Login prompt at the
end of the message (see below). Refer to the Service Login procedure below to login to
Diagnostics on a FreeFlow Accxes Controller is performed using a laptop PC, null modem
the controller. Reference the Accxes Debug Commands for the commands that can be
cable, and a terminal emulation program called Putty, to interface with the controller to view
used when logged in to the system.
and analyze information for diagnosing controller/network related problems.
NOTE: Text displayed may vary depending upon the version number of the Install/Recovery
There are three sources of information available in the service manual to assist you in trouble- CD.
shooting. They are: Normal Boot Messages and Error Messages in Section 1 and Accxes
Debug Commands in Section 6. NOTE: After Accxes loads, messages may continue to be displayed and scroll off of the
screen. Press <ENTER> to see the System Login prompt.
Normal Boot Messages and Error Messages are used identify whether or not a problem exist Xerox FreeFlow Accxes Controller
in the controller and what exactly the nature of the problem is. These messages can also iden-
Install CD version x.xx Build: yyy
tify where the error is in the operational process. Additionally, Accxes Debug Commands can
Kernel x.x.x-x.x on an i686
also be used to diagnose the error. Accxes Version: x.xx Build: yyy Type: (printer model number)
System Login:
Serial Connection
Controller diagnostics uses a serial connection from the laptop PC to communicate with the NOTE: “x” denotes a numerical value.
controller. The laptop PC is connected physically to the controller hardware via a null modem Service Login
cable. Then the terminal emulation program Putty, is used to connect to the controller software
The following procedure will log the service technician into the Accxes controller.
and view boot messages and error messages.

NOTE: In the following procedure, if either the Login or Password are incorrect, the message
Connect the laptop PC to the controller as follows:
“Login incorrect” will be displayed.
1. Power up the laptop PC. NOTE: In the following steps, both the Login string and Password string are case sensitive.
2. Connect one end of a DB-9 female-to-female (null modem) serial cable to the debug
1. At the Login prompt type service then press <ENTER>.
SERIAL port on the controller and connect the other end to the serial connector on the
Laptop PC. 2. At the Password prompt, type the 6789 then press <ENTER>.
3. Insert the Service Tools CD into the laptop PC CDROM drive. Once logged in to the system, the prompt will change to the following service prompt:
4. Launch Window Explorer and select G:\. If G:\ is not the drive letter of your laptop PC [service@Accxes /home/accxes]%
CDROM drive, then substitute the drive letter for your laptop PC CDROM drive. Service Logout
a. For Service Tools CD version 13.0 and above: In the root directory of the CDROM, The following procedure will log the service technician out of the Accxes controller.
double-click the “Putty.exe” file. This will launch the terminal emulation program
Putty. 1. At the System prompt type exit, then press <ENTER>.
b. For Service Tools CD verions 12.7 and below: In the root directory of the CDROM,
double-click the “Putty.zip” file. In the zip file window, double-click the “Putty.exe” file.
This will launch a Putty configuration screen.
5. On the Putty configuration screen, under “Specify the destination you want to connect to”
click the serial radio button then click the OPEN button. This will open a Putty terminal
emulation window.
6. Perform Controller Shutdown to power down the controller, then press the Power Switch
on the controller front panel to power up the controller.

General Procedures 11/2011 Supersedes


Diagnostics 6-4 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
YKE Controller Specifications Table 4 Memory Specifications
Item Specification
Table 1 Physical Specifications
Type 400-MHz DDR2 SDRAM
Item Specification Memory connectors 4
Height 10.6 cm (4.2 inches) Memory capacities 256, 512 (YKE Standard), 1GB, or 2GB non-ECC
Width 38.9 cm (15.3 inches) BIOS address F0000h
Depth 43.2 cm (17 inches)
Weight 9.9 kg (22 lbs) Table 5 Controls and Lights
Item Specification
Table 2 Controller Information
Power control Push button
Item Specification Power light • green light blinking green in sleep state
Chipset Intel 915G • solid green for power-on state
Data bus width 64 bits • amber light blinking amber indicates a problem with an
Address bus width 32 bits installed device
DMA channels eight • solid amber indicates an internal power problem
Interrupt levels 24 Hard-drive access light green
BIOS chip (NVRAM) 4-Mb Link integrity light (on green light for 10-Mb operation; orange light for 100-Mb opera-
Memory speed 400 MHz integrated network tion; yellow light for a 1000-Mb (1-Gb) operation
adapter)
NIC integrated network interface with ASF 1.03 support as defined by
DMTF. Activity light (on inte- yellow blinking light
Capable of 10/100/1000 communication. grated network
adapter)
Hard drive two serial ATA controllers supporting one device each and one
parallel Ultra ATA/100 IDE supporting two devices per channel Diagnostic lights four lights on the back panel
with one channel Standby power light AUX_PWR on the system board
Bus type PCI 2.2
SATA 1.0a Table 6 Power Supply
USB 2.0 Item Specification
PCI Express 1.0a
Type DC
Bus speed PCI: 33 MHz
SATA: 1.5 Gbps Wattage 210 W
USB: 480 Mbps Heat dissipation 717 BTU/hr
PCI Express x1: 5 Gbps Voltage fixed-voltage power supply 110 V at 50/60 Hz
PCI Express x16: 80 Gbps manual selection and auto-sensing power supplies 90 to 135 V
PCI Connector 1 at 50/60 Hz; 180 to 265 V at 50/60 Hz; 100 V at 50/60 Hz for
PCI Express Connec- 1 Japanese computers
tor Backup battery 3-V CR2032 lithium coin cell
Drives one 3.5-inch bay (not used)
one 5.25-inch bay (CDROM) Table 7 Environmental Specifications
Item Specification
Table 3 Microprocessor Specifications
Operating Temp 10° to 35°C (50° to 95°F)
Item Specification NOTE: At 35°C (95°F), the maximum operating altitude is 914 m
Microprocessor type Intel Pentium 4 and Celeron (3000 ft).
Level 1 (L1) cache 32 KB Storage Temp -40° to 65°C (-40° to 149°F)
Level 2 (L2) cache 1 MB pipelined-burst, eight-way set associative, write-back Humidity 20% to 80% (noncondensing)
SRAM

Supersedes 11/2011 General Procedures


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 6-5 YKE Controller Specifications
YKE-N Controller Specifications Table 4 Memory Specifications
Item Specification
Table 1 Physical Specifications
Type 400-MHz DDR2 SDRAM
Item Specification Memory connectors 4
Height 11.4 cm (4.5 inches) Memory capacities 128-, 256-, 512-, or 1-GB (YKE-N standard) non-ECC
Width 39.9 cm (15.7 inches) BIOS address F0000h
Depth 35.3 cm (13.9 inches)
Weight 10.4 kg (23 lbs) Table 5 Controls and Lights
Item Specification
Table 2 Controller Information
Power control Push button
Item Specification Power light • green light blinking green in sleep state
Chipset Intel 945 Express • solid green for power-on state
Data bus width 64 bits • amber light blinking amber indicates a problem with an
Address bus width 32 bits installed device
DMA channels eight • solid amber indicates an internal power problem
Interrupt levels 24 Hard-drive access light green
BIOS chip (NVRAM) 4-Mb Link light solid green indicates network connection.
Memory speed 400 MHz Link integrity light (on green light for 10-Mb operation; orange light for 100-Mb opera-
NIC integrated network interface with ASF 1.03 and 2.0 support as integrated network tion; yellow light for a 1000-Mb (1-Gb) operation
defined by DMTF. adapter)
Capable of 10/100/1000 communication. Activity light (on inte- yellow blinking light
Hard drive two serial ATA controllers supporting one device each and one grated network
parallel Ultra ATA/100 IDE supporting two devices per channel adapter)
with one channel Diagnostic lights four lights on the front panel
Bus type PCI 2.3 Standby power light AUX_PWR on the system board
SATA 1.0a and 2.0
USB 2.0 Table 6 Power Supply
Bus speed PCI: 33 MHz Item Specification
SATA: 1.5 Gbps and 3.0 Gbps
USB: 480 Mbps Type DC
PCI Connector 2 Wattage 220 W
Drives one 3.5-inch bay (not used) Heat dissipation 50 watt maximum
one 5.25-inch bay (CDROM) Voltage Fixed-voltage power supply.
one 1 inch high hard drive bay Voltage Selection Switch setting for 115V or 220V.
Input power: 90 to 135 V at 50/60 Hz; 180 to 265 V at 50/60 Hz;
Table 3 Microprocessor Specifications 100 V at 50/60 Hz for Japanese computers
Backup battery 3-V CR2032 lithium coin cell
Item Specification
Microprocessor type Intel Pentium 4 Table 7 Environmental Specifications
Level 1 (L1) cache 32 KB
Item Specification
Level 2 (L2) cache 1 MB pipelined-burst, eight-way set associative, write-back
SRAM Operating Temp 10° to 35°C (50° to 95°F)
Storage Temp -40° to 65°C (-40° to 149°F)
Humidity 20% to 80% (noncondensing)

General Procedures 11/2011 Supersedes


YKE-N Controller Specifications 6-6 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
FRX Controller Specifications Table 4 Memory Specifications
Item Specification
Table 1 Physical Specifications
BIOS address F0000h
Item Specification
Height 11.4 cm (4.5 inches) Table 5 Controls and Lights
Width 39.9 cm (15.7 inches) Item Specification
Depth 35.3 cm (13.9 inches) Power control Push button
Weight 10.4 kg (23 lbs) Power light • green light blinking green in sleep state
• solid green for power-on state
Table 2 Controller Information
• amber light blinking amber indicates a problem with an
Item Specification installed device
Chipset Intel 965 Express • solid amber indicates an internal power problem
Data bus width 64 bits Hard-drive access light green
Address bus width 32 bits Link light solid green indicates network connection.
DMA channels 8 Link integrity light (on green light for 10-Mb operation; orange light for 100-Mb opera-
Interrupt levels 24 integrated network tion; yellow light for a 1000-Mb (1-Gb) operation
adapter)
BIOS chip (NVRAM) 8-Mb
Activity light (on inte- yellow blinking light
NIC integrated network interface with ASF 1.03 and 2.0 support as
grated network
defined by DMTF.
adapter)
Capable of 10/100/1000 communication
Diagnostic lights four lights on the front panel
Controllers two SATA controllers supporting one device each
Standby power light AUX_PWR on the system board
Bus type PCI 2.3
PCI Express 1.0A
SATA 1.0a and 2.0 Table 6 Power Supply
USB 2.0 Item Specification
Bus speed PCI: 133 Mbps Type DC
PCI Express x16: 8 Gbps BI directional speed
Wattage 280 W
SATA: 1.5 Gbps and 3.0 Gbps
USB: 480 Mbps Heat dissipation 955 BTU/hr
PCI Connector 2 Voltage Fixed-voltage power supply.
Voltage Selection Switch setting for 115V or 220V.
Drives one 3.5-inch bay (not used)
Input power: 90 to 135 V at 50/60 Hz; 180 to 265 V at 50/60 Hz;
one 5.25-inch bay (CDROM)
100 V at 50/60 Hz for Japanese computers
one 1 inch high hard drive bay
Backup battery 3-V CR2032 lithium coin cell
Table 3 Microprocessor Specifications
Table 7 Environmental Specifications
Item Specification
Item Specification
Microprocessor type Celeron
Operating Temp 10° to 35°C (50° to 95°F)
Internal Cache at least 512 KB, eight-way set associative, write-back SRAM
Storage Temp -40° to 65°C (-40° to 149°F)
Table 4 Memory Specifications Relative Humidity 20% to 80% (noncondensing)

Item Specification
Type 667-MHz DDR2 SDRAM
Memory connectors 4
Memory capacities 256-MB, 512-MB, 1-GB (FRX standard), or 2-GB non-ECC

Supersedes 11/2011 General Procedures


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 6-7 FRX Controller Specifications
LVX Controller Specifications Table 4 Memory Specifications
Item Specification
Table 1 Physical Specifications
Memory connectors 4
Item Specification Memory capacities 512-MB, 1-GB (standard), or 2-GB non-ECC
Height 11.4 cm (4.5 inches) BIOS address F0000h
Width 39.9 cm (15.7 inches)
Depth 35.3 cm (13.9 inches) Table 5 Controls and Lights
Weight 10.4 kg (23 lbs) Item Specification
Power control Push button
Table 2 Controller Information
Power light • green light blinking green in sleep state
Item Specification • solid green for power-on state
Chipset Intel Q35 Express w/ICH9D0 • amber light blinking amber indicates a problem with an
Data bus width 64 bits installed device
Address bus width 32 bits • solid amber indicates an internal power problem
DMA channels 8 Hard-drive access light green
Interrupt levels 24 Link light solid green indicates network connection.
BIOS chip (NVRAM) 32-Mb Link integrity light (on green light for 10-Mb operation; orange light for 100-Mb opera-
NIC integrated network interface with ASF 1.03 and 2.0 support as integrated network tion; yellow light for a 1000-Mb (1-Gb) operation
defined by DMTF. adapter)
Capable of 10/100/1000 communication Activity light (on inte- yellow blinking light
Controllers 3 SATA controllers and 1 eSATA controller supporting one device grated network
each adapter)
Bus type PCI 2.3 Diagnostic lights four lights on the front panel
PCI Express 1.0A Standby power light AUX_PWR on the system board
SATA 1.0a and 2.0
USB 2.0 Table 6 Power Supply
Bus speed PCI: 133 Mbps Item Specification
PCI Express x16: 8 Gbps BI directional speed
SATA: 1.5 Gbps and 3.0 Gbps Type DC
USB: 480 Mbps Wattage 280 W
PCI Connector 2 Heat dissipation 955 BTU/hr
Drives one eSATA drive (optional) Voltage Fixed-voltage power supply.
one 3.5-inch bay (not used) Voltage Selection Switch setting for 115V or 220V.
one 5.25-inch bay (CDROM) Input power: 90 to 135 V at 50/60 Hz; 180 to 265 V at 50/60 Hz;
two 1 inch high hard drive bay 100 V at 50/60 Hz for Japanese computers
Backup battery 3-V CR2032 lithium coin cell
Table 3 Microprocessor Specifications
Item Specification Table 7 Environmental Specifications

Microprocessor type Celeron Item Specification


Internal Cache at least 512 KB, eight-way set associative, write-back SRAM Operating Temp 10° to 35°C (50° to 95°F)
Storage Temp -40° to 65°C (-40° to 149°F)
Table 4 Memory Specifications Relative Humidity 20% to 80% (noncondensing)
Item Specification
Type DDR2 SDRAM

General Procedures 11/2011 Supersedes


LVX Controller Specifications 6-8 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
UXC Controller Specifications Table 4 Memory Specifications
Item Specification
Table 1 Physical Specifications
Type DDR2 SDRAM
Item Specification Memory connectors 4
Height 11.4 cm (4.5 inches) Memory capacities 512-MB, 1-GB, 2-GB (standard), 3-GB, or 4-GB non-ECC
Width 39.9 cm (15.7 inches)
Depth 35.3 cm (13.9 inches) Table 5 Controls and Lights
Weight 10.4 kg (23 lbs) Item Specification
Power control Push button
Table 2 Controller Information
Power light • green light blinking green in sleep state
Item Specification • solid green for power-on state
Chipset Intel Q43 Express w/ICH10D • amber light blinking amber indicates a problem with the
Data bus width 64 bits system board
Address bus width 32 bits • solid amber indicates an internal power problem
DMA channels 8 Hard-drive access light green
Interrupt levels 24 Link light solid green indicates network connection.
BIOS chip (NVRAM) 32-Mb Link integrity light (on green light for 10-Mb operation; orange light for 100-Mb opera-
NIC integrated network interface capable of 10/100/1000 communica- integrated network tion; yellow light for a 1000-Mb (1-Gb) operation
tion adapter)
Controllers 3 SATA controllers and 1 eSATA controller supporting one device Activity light (on inte- yellow blinking light
each grated network
Bus type PCI 2.3 adapter)
PCI Express 2.0 Diagnostic lights four lights on the front panel
SATA 1.0a and 2.0 Standby power light AUX_PWR on the system board
USB 2.0
eSATA Table 6 Power Supply
Bus speed PCI: 133 Mbps Item Specification
PCI Express x16: 8 Gbps BI directional speed
PCI Express x1: 250 Mbps Type DC
SATA: 1.5 Gbps and 3.0 Gbps Wattage 255 W
USB: 480 Mbps Heat dissipation 955 BTU/hr
eSATA: 3.0 Gbps
Voltage Fixed-voltage power supply.
PCI Connector 2 Input power: 90 to 135 V at 50/60 Hz; 180 to 265 V at 50/60 Hz;
Drives one eSATA drive (optional) 100 V at 50/60 Hz for Japanese computers
one 3.5-inch bay (not used) Power Supply Diag- Indicates operability of the Power Supply. See Diagnostic
one 5.25-inch bay (DVD) nostic Light Lights.
Backup battery 3-V CR2032 lithium coin cell
Table 3 Microprocessor Specifications
Item Specification Table 7 Environmental Specifications
Microprocessor type Core 2 Duo Item Specification
Internal Cache at least 512 KB pipe-lined burst, eight-way set associative, write- Operating Temp 10° to 35°C (50° to 95°F)
back SRAM
Storage Temp -40° to 65°C (-40° to 149°F)
Relative Humidity 20% to 80% (noncondensing)

Supersedes 11/2011 General Procedures


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 6-9 UXC Controller Specifications
UXC-N Controller Specifications Table 4 Memory Specifications
Item Specification
Table 1 Physical Specifications
Type DDR3 SDRAM
Item Specification Memory connectors 4
Height 11.4 cm (4.5 inches) Memory capacities 1-GB, 2-GB (standard), 3-GB, or 4-GB non-ECC (1-8 GB)
Width 39.9 cm (15.7 inches)
Depth 35.3 cm (13.9 inches) Table 5 Controls and Lights
Weight 8.26 kg (18.20 lbs) Item Specification
Power control Push button
Table 2 Controller Information
Power light • green light blinking green in sleep state
Item Specification • solid green for power-on state
Chipset Intel Q45 Express w/ICH10DO • amber light blinking amber indicates a problem with the
Data bus width 64 bits system board
Address bus width 32 bits • solid amber indicates an internal power problem
DMA channels 8 Hard-drive access light green
Interrupt levels 24 Link light solid green indicates network connection.
BIOS chip (NVRAM) 64-Mb Link integrity light (on green light for 10-Mb operation; orange light for 100-Mb opera-
NIC integrated network interface capable of 10/100/1000 communica- integrated network tion; yellow light for a 1000-Mb (1-Gb) operation
tion adapter)
Controllers 3 SATA controllers and 1 eSATA controller supporting one device Activity light (on inte- yellow blinking light
each grated network
Bus type PCI 2.3 adapter)
PCI Express 2.0 Diagnostic lights four lights on the front panel
SATA 1.0a and 2.0 Standby power light AUX_PWR on the system board
USB 2.0
eSATA Table 6 Power Supply
Bus speed PCI: 133 Mbps Item Specification
PCI Express x16: 8 Gbps BI directional speed
PCI Express x1: 250 Mbps Type DC
SATA: 1.5 Gbps and 3.0 Gbps Wattage 255 W
USB: 480 Mbps Heat dissipation 955 BTU/hr
eSATA: 3.0 Gbps
Voltage Fixed-voltage power supply.
PCI Connector 2 Input power: 90 to 135 V at 50/60 Hz; 180 to 265 V at 50/60 Hz;
Drives one eSATA drive (optional) 100 V at 50/60 Hz for Japanese computers
one 3.5-inch bay (not used) Power Supply Diag- Indicates operability of the Power Supply. See Diagnostic
one 5.25-inch bay (DVD) nostic Light Lights.
Backup battery 3-V CR2032 lithium coin cell
Table 3 Microprocessor Specifications
Item Specification Table 7 Environmental Specifications
Microprocessor type Core 2 Duo Item Specification
Internal Cache at least 512 KB pipe-lined burst, eight-way set associative, write- Operating Temp 10° to 35°C (50° to 95°F)
back SRAM
Storage Temp -40° to 65°C (-40° to 149°F)
Relative Humidity 20% to 80% (noncondensing)

General Procedures 11/2011 Supersedes


UXC-N Controller Specifications 6-10 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
DA0 Controller Specifications Table 5 Controls and Lights
Item Specification
Table 1 Physical Specifications
Power light • blue light blinking - computer reading/writing from hard
Item Specification drive
Height 36.0 cm (14.17 inches) • blue light solid - power on state
Width 10.20 cm (4.01 inches) • amber light blinking - indicates a problem with the system
board
Depth 41.0 cm (16.67 inches)
• solid amber when computer does not start - indicates a
Weight 7.56 kg (18.20 lbs)
problem with the system board or power problem

Table 2 Controller Information Hard-drive access light Blinking Blue - indicates that the computer is reading/writing
from the hard drive.
Item Specification Link light solid green indicates network connection.
Chipset Intel 6 Series Express Link integrity light (on green light for 10-Mb operation; orange light for 100-Mb opera-
Data bus width 64 bits integrated network tion; yellow light for a 1000-Mb (1-Gb) operation
Address bus width 32 bits adapter)
DMA channels 8 Activity light (on inte- yellow blinking light
grated network
Interrupt levels 24
adapter)
BIOS chip (NVRAM) 64-Mb
Diagnostic lights four lights on the front panel
NIC integrated network interface capable of 10/100/1000 communica-
tion Standby power light AUX_PWR on the system board
Controllers 3 SATA controllers
Bus type PCI 2.3 Table 6 Power Supply
PCI Express 2.0 Item Specification
SATA 1.0a and 2.0 Type DC
USB 2.0
Wattage 250 W
PCI Connector 4
Heat dissipation 1312 BTU/hr
Drives one eSATA drive (optional)
Voltage Fixed-voltage power supply.
one 3.5-inch bay (Hard Disk)
one 5.25-inch bay (DVD) Input power: 100 to 240 VAC at 50/60 Hz; 4.4A
Power Supply Diag- Indicates operability of the Power Supply. See Diagnostic
Table 3 Microprocessor Specifications nostic Light Lights.
Backup battery 3-V CR2032 lithium coin cell
Item Specification
Microprocessor type Intel Core I3 Series Table 7 Environmental Specifications
Internal Cache Up to 8 meg Item Specification

Table 4 Memory Specifications Operating Temp 10° to 35°C (50° to 95°F)


Storage Temp -40° to 65°C (-40° to 149°F)
Item Specification
Relative Humidity 20% to 80% (noncondensing)
Type DDR3 SDRAM
Memory connectors 4
Memory capacities 1-GB, 2-GB (standard), 3-GB, or 4-GB non-ECC

Table 5 Controls and Lights


Item Specification
Power control Push button

Supersedes 11/2011 General Procedures


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 6-11 DA0 Controller Specifications
FreeFlow Access Compatibility For example, to answer the question, “Which hardware will Accxes V12.7 run on?”

Controller, OS Install / Recovery CD, Accxes Application Find the Accxes V12.7 row. Compatible CD versions are 4.0, 4.1, and 4.2
October 2011
Look in the upper half of the table above 4.0, 4.1, or 4.2 to see that all hardware versions are
From the “OS Install / Recovery CD Version” row, look in the rows below to see whether the CD supported, only if CD 4.2 is used. If either CD 4.0 or 4.1 are used, the UXC controller is not
version will work on a specific Accxes hardware configuration supported.

From the “OS Install / Recovery CD Version” row, look in the rows below to see compatible
Accxes versions

DA0 (Dell 790) No No No No No No No No No No Yes Yes


UXC-N (Dell 780) No No No No No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
UXC/UCX-N (Dell 760) No No No No No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
LVX (Dell Optiplex 755) No No No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
FRX (Dell Optiplex 745) No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
YKE-N (Dell Optiplex GX520) No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
YKE (Dell Optiplex (GX280) Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
OS Install / Recovery CD Version OS Install OS Install OS Install OS Install OS Install OS Install OS Install OS Install OS Install OS Install OS Install OS Install
CD 1.0 CD 2.0 CD 3.0 CD 3.1 CD 3.2 CD 4.0 CD 4.1 CD 4.2 CD 4.3 CD 4.4 CD 4.5 CD 5.0
Accxes V11.0 Yes No No No No No No No No No No No
Accxes V11.1 Yes Yes No No No No No No No No No No
Accxes V11.3 Yes Yes No No No No No No No No No No
Accxes V12.0 (build 241 for 6204 only) Released for 6204 only) No No Yes No No No No No No No No No
Accxes V12.0 (build 255+) released for all printers No No Yes Yes Yes No No No No No No No
Accxes V12.2 No No Yes Yes Yes No No No No No No No
Accxes V12.5 / V12.6 No No No No Yes No No No No No No No
Accxes V12.7 / V12.8.x No No No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No
Accxes V13.0 / V13.x No No No No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No
Accxes V14.0 / V14.x No No No No No No No No Yes Yes Yes No
Accxes V15.0 No No No No No No No No No Yes Yes No
Accxes V15.1 No No No No No No No No No No No Yes

General Procedures 11/2011 Supersedes


6-12 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
OS Install CDs Part Number/Kernel Version
Table 1 OS Install CD Part Numbers and Kernel Versions
CD Version Part Number Linux Kernal Version
1.0/1.1 538E10810 2.6.8-1.521
2.0 538E10811 2.6.8-2.1.FFA
3.0 301E58190 2.6.16-1.2111_FC4
3.1 301E58191 2.6.17-1.2142_FC4.3.FFA
3.2 301E58192 2.6.17-1.2142_FC4.3.FFA
4.0 301E58193 2.6.22-9-61.fc6
4.1 301E58194 2.6.22-9-61.fc6
4.2 301E58195 2.6.22-9-61.fc6
4.3 301E58196 2.6.22-9-61.fc6
4.4 301E58197 2.6.22-9-61.fc6
4.5 TBD 2.6.22-9-61.fc6

Figure 1 Finding Linux Kernel Version Using WebPMT

Supersedes 11/2011 General Procedures


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 6-13
Making Test Prints NOTE: In Steps 6, the test print will print on the media size specified per the default
media size setting <PROCESSING DEFAULTS> <MEDIA SIZE>. When MEDIA
From the Web Printer Management Tool (WebPMT) - All Printers SIZE=ANY, is selected, the test print will print on the largest media available. The paper
1. Open the internet browser and connect to the Printer using the Printer IP address as the size is overridden to be ANSI A and autoscaled to this size.
URL.
5. Press the Enter key to select ALL.
2. Navigate WebPMT.
• For FreeFlow Accxes 11.x and below, navigate to PRINTER DEFAULTS > TEST NOTE: By selecting the ALL option, the printing device will print the Configuration Test
PRINT. Page, Settings Test Page, Pen Settings Test Page, and Adobe PostScript Test Page. If
you wish to print out one of the mentioned test prints, select the desired test print.
• For FreeFlow Accxes 12.0 and above, navigate to UTILITIES > TEST PRINT
3. Select the test print: 6. Press the On Line key to cause the test print to print.
• Minimal to print the printer’s configuration data. From the Printer - 6204
• Normal to print the printer’s configuration and settings data
To make a Test Print perform the following:
• Full to print the printer’s configuration, settings, and pen palettes data
• Postscript to print a PostScript test page (a PostScript license is required) 1. At the Control Panel, press the Log In / Out button.
From the Printer - 8825, 8830, 8850, 510 2. At the Touch Screen, press Diagnostic Prints.
3. Select the desired test print.
NOTE: The 721P prints a test print at power on.
From the Printer - 6279/6604/6605/6622
(Figure 1): Refer to the illustration for Operator Control Panel Key Definitions.
To make a Test Print perform the following:

1. At the Touch Screen User Interface, press the Machine Information button.
2. Press the Print Reports tab.
3. Select the desired test print.
Configuration Test Print Contents
The test print is useful for verifying controller and job setups and may be used by the customer
and service engineers. The following paragraphs give an outline of the test print data blocks to
aid both the customer and service engineer to use the document effectively. Such use of the
test print to verify job setups will assist in avoiding service calls. Creating the test print verifies
that the controller and printer are functional. The information is printed in blocks as explained in
the following. The various blocks contain information to verify setups for jobs, network
addresses, emulation modes, etc.

Previous Next Enter Exit On Line Controller Configuration


This section describes the amount of DRAM installed in the controller, the status of devices
such as the network interface, hard drive, date/time, and the installed versions of firmware and
the data contained in the error log. The Error Codes printed out in this section indicate prob-
lems with devices such as the hard drive. Refer to the Controller Error Code Chart in Section 1
(Go to Test Print Error Codes).
Figure 1 Operator Control Pane for 8825/8830/510/8850l
Optional Controller Features
To make a Test Print perform the following: This section describes the various optional controller features such as Postscript licenses,
Print Activation status, Disk Overwrite licenses, and other optional licenses.
1. Press the On Line key. The display will go to the PAUSED Status. If the Printer was print-
ing, it may continue to finish the current job before going to the Paused Status.
2. Press the Enter key and the top level menu UTILITIES will be displayed.
3. Press the Enter key and the TEST PRINT menu will be displayed.
4. Press the Enter key again to enable the Test Print (all will be displayed).

General Procedures 11/2011 Supersedes


Making Test Prints 6-14 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
Print Engine Configuration • When the customer has set up the printer to run any custom jobs.
This section describes the printer setups such as languages available, firmware versions, timer Place the copies of the test print with the machine log for future use.
values, resolution, media usage, and a list of the last 20 errors contained in the printer memory.
This block is printing error log history data from the printer memory. Thus, the errors may not Sample Test Print
indicate a current problem. (Figure 2): These illustrations show the configuration test prints first (or sections) of a represen-
tative test print. The actual appearance may vary with different software versions.
Installed Media
This section describes the installed media type, size, and location of media installed in the
printer by the customer. The data has to be input to the printer by the customer using the con-
trol panel which allows for human error. The validity of the data depends upon the operator cor-
rectly putting in the type, size, and location of all media installed.

Communication Parameters
This section describes the current state of all input ports, the network addresses, and descrip-
tions where appropriate.

Scanner Configuration
This section describes the configuration of the scanner components, depending on the printer
model. Information listed includes firmware versions, scanner type, scanner hardware
address, and scanner license.

Settings Test Print Contents


The contents of this test print are useful for verifying controller and job setups and may be used
by the customer and service engineers. The following paragraphs give an outline of the set-
tings print data blocks to aid both the customer and service engineer to use the document
effectively..

System Settings
This block prints the current setups for all the emulations, and the various options available for
each of the emulations.

Processing Defaults
This prints the current setups affecting the processing of prints such as number of copies, job
priority, media source and type, print orientation and scaling.

Printer Pen Settings


This prints out the current pen number, width, pattern and palette for each pen.

PostScript Settings
This test print describes the PostScript version level of the Adobe driver. Figure 2 Sample Printer Configuration Test Print

When to Make Test Prints


For use during future troubleshooting it is suggested that copies of the test print be made and
labeled at the following times:

• When the install is complete.


• When the customer has set up the printer to run his normal jobs.

Supersedes 11/2011 General Procedures


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 6-15 Making Test Prints
Printing a Diagnostic Page
A diagnostic page (see Figure 1) will optionally be printed with each submitted printer job when
the feature is enabled. This feature is considered to be an enhancement to the banner page.
The Diagnostics page has been designed to provide customers and/or service personnel with
a detailed listing of job parameters that may help facilitate “unexpected output” troubleshooting.
When enabled, additional information is printed on the banner page. The creation of diagnostic
pages is controlled by a printer parameter that can be specified from the (8825, 8830, 8850,
and 510) printer operator control panel menu <SETUP PRINTER><ERROR PAGE> or from
the Web Printer Manager Tool <System Defatults><Miscellaneous>.

Diagnostic pages are printed using current settings with the following exceptions:

• Paper size is set to ANY


• Rotation is set to AUTO
• Scaling is set to 100 percent
• Mirroring is set to OFF
Diagnostic pages include the following information:

• Generic job information


– Identical to the Banner Page content
• System Settings
– Apple talk name
– Error Page enable
– Bond/Film/Vellum Mismatch Mode
– Language
– Port Timeout
– Toner Density
– Maximum Plot Length
– Banner and Diagnostic page parameters
– Calcomp Emulation parameters (palette information, termination options,.)
– HPGL Emulation parameters (palette information, termination options,...)
– CGM Emulation parameters
– Versatec Raster Emulation parameters Figure 1 Diagnostics Page
– Versatec Data Standard Emulation parameters
– TIFF parameter
Processing Defaults

• Collation and Copy parameters


• Data Format
• Job priority
• Finisher and other page composition parameters (justification, media source,...)
• Label parameters
This information is taken from the set of processing parameter values associated with the pre-
ceding printed file.

General Procedures 11/2011 Supersedes


Printing a Diagnostic Page 6-16 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
Controller Installation for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC- c. Scanner Firewire Cable (if required)
d. RJ45 Network Cable
N/DA0
7. For YKE-N/FRX/LVX/DA0, set the Voltage Selection Switch on the Back Panel of the con-
Purpose troller.
The following procedure is used to install the YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 Control- CAUTION
ler on either a 88xx/510 printer, a 721p printer, 6030/6050/6050A, 6204, 6279, 6604/6605,
Before connecting the power cord to the YKE-N/FRX/LVX Controller, ensure that the Volt-
6622, or a 7142 printer. The procedure involves setting up the controller hardware and making
age Selector Switch on the rear of the controller is set to the input power source.
the required hardware connections. Then the software is installed and the controller is config-
8. Connect the power cord to the controller and plug the other end of the cord into a power
ured to operate with one of the printers listed above.
source. Power should be immediately applied and the controller should proceed to boot
up. Check the following:
NOTE: The Hardware Installation portion of the controller installation on a 6279 printer is con-
tained in the 6279 Installation Procedure. You will be directed to the Software Installation por- a. Verify that the Power Switch LED is lit green. If not, press the Power Switch to apply
tion of the controller installation once the 6279 hardware installation is complete. power to the controller.
b. For YKE controllers, after approximately 30 seconds, verify that the “A, B, C, D”
Hardware Installation Diagnostic Lights on the rear of the controller are lit green. If not, go to Diagnostic
Procedure Lights to troubleshoot the problem.
1. Switch off the printer and scanner and disconnect the power cords from both. c. For YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 controllers, after approximately 30 seconds,
2. Unpack the controller hardware. verify that the “1, 2, 3, 4” Diagnostic Lights on the front of the controller are lit green
and then extinguish. If not, go to Diagnostic Lights to troubleshoot the problem.
3. If required, perform the steps in Printer Enablement Kits to install either the P193 IOT
Interface PWB or the 721 IOT Interface PWB. 9. Perform the Software Installation.
To install a controller on a Xerox 6204 Wide Format Solution, perform the 6204 Accxes
Enablement Kit instructions. These instructions can be found on the Xerox 6204 Wide
Format Solution Service Guidance System in 9 Installation and Kits. Once you complete Software Installation
the kit instructions, continue with these instructions. Prerequisite
To install a controller on a Xerox 6050A Wide Format Printer, perform the 6050A FreeFlow The following items are required to perform this procedure:
Accxes Enablement Kit instructions. These instructions can be found on the Xerox 6030/
6050/6050A Wide Format Service Guidance System in 9 Installation and Kits. Once you 1. Serial null modem cable
complete the kit instructions, continue with these instructions. 2. Laptop PC with a serial port
To install a controller on a Xerox Wide Format 6622 Solution, perform the 6622 Interface 3. FreeFlow Accxes Install/Recovery CD
PWB and RS-232 PCI Serial PWB Installation Procedure.
4. Service Tools CD
NOTE: If the controller is an upgrade for a 6050A, 510, 721p, or 6622 printer, you must Procedure
remove the mounting bracket for the HFT/PUN Controller and install the short controller 1. Enter Controller Diagnostics by using the Serial Connection in Section 6.
mounting bracket for the UXC/UXC-N/DA0 Controller or the tall mounting bracket for the
2. Open the controller CD/DVD tray and insert the FreeFlow Accxes Install/Recovery CD.
YKE-N/FRX/LVX Controller.
Close the tray.
CAUTION 3. Press and hold the Power Switch on the front panel to power down the controller then
Do not try to mount a YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 Controller in an HFT/PUN press it again to power up the controller.
mounting bracket on a 721 printer. Damage to the controller may occur if the YKE/YKE-N/
NOTE: The following step initiates the installation of the GNU/Linux Operating System
FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 Controller is forced into an HFT/PUN mounting bracket.
and a stand-alone version of Accxes. The contents of the hard drive will be lost once this
4. If the controller is an upgrade for a 721 printer, install the YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/ is initiated.
UXC-N/DA0 Controller mounting bracket on the 721 printer. Otherwise continue with the
next step. 4. After booting up, the Putty terminal emulation window will display the CD install boot:
5. Set the controller in the printer mounting bracket. prompt. At the prompt type accxes then press <ENTER>. This will initiate the installation
of the GNU/Linux OS and a standalone version of Accxes. After installing the software,
6. Connect the following cables to the Back Panel Connectors on the controller. Ensure that
the controller will open the CDROM drive for approximately 5 seconds then close the drive
the other end of each cable is connected to its appropriate connection.
and automatically reboot and return to the boot: prompt.
a. IOT Interface Cable (P193 IOT Interface PWB, 721 IOT Interface PWB, 6622 IOT
Interface PWB)
b. Printer S-down Cable (6622 only)

Supersedes 11/2011 General Procedures


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 6-17 Controller Installation for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX
NOTE: The installation process takes approximately 10 minutes. Once the installation is 11. If the printer controller is an LVX controller connected to a printer that uses a color touch
complete, the Putty terminal emulation window returns to the boot: prompt. screen, observe the serial number of the LVX controller hardware:

If the screen fails to return to the boot: prompt after 10 minutes, perform the Media Check a. If the LVX controller serial number is LVX151043 or above, do nothing and proceed
procedure to test the software media: to the next step.
b. If the LVX controller serial number is below LVX151043 you must perform the Inte-
5. Once the Putty terminal emulation window returns to the boot: prompt, remove the Free-
grated Audio Enablement procedure to enable integrated audio on the controller.
Flow Accxes Install/Recovery CD from the CD tray and close the tray.
Once the integrated audio is enabled, proceed to the next step.
NOTE: In the following step, the controller may take approximately 10 - 15 minutes to 12. Assist the customer with installing the appropriate Accxes Client Tools (Win 2K, Win XP)
boot up. During this time, the Accxes software is configuring “temp” files that are used and the Windows print drivers on One customer PC following the step-by-step introduc-
during normal operation. tions in the client software user manual.
6. Press and release the Power Switch on the front panel to power down the controller then 13. Assist the customer in sending a test plot of the appropriate format (Reference the Xerox
press it again to power up the controller. Continue once you see the following message: Configuration and Implementation worksheet for the correct file format) to the printer
Exiting BOOT_Linux with success on the Putty terminal emulation window. using Accxes Client Tools, Document Submit. See the FreeFlow Accxes Service Tools CD
for sample files.
NOTE: When upgrading the controller firmware to the printer specific firmware, the printer
14. If a scanner is attached to the controller, make a test scan of the 082E5980 test pattern.
must be connected to the controller.
15. Complete the customer operator training per the customer training checklist.
7. Perform Upgrading the Controller Firmware to upgrade the controller firmware to the 16. Provide the customer with the 1-800 telephone number for the Welcome Center. Contact
printer specific firmware. Xerox Professional Services System Analyst noted on the Xerox Configuration and Imple-
8. If the controller is to be connected to the network, go to: mentation worksheet to advise that the hardware installation is complete for scheduling
• Connecting to a Network - 88xx/510 professional services.
• Connecting to a Network - 721p
• Connecting to a Network - 6030/6050
• Connecting to a Network - 6050A
• Connecting to a Network - 6204/6604/6605
• Connecting to a Network - 6279
• Connecting to a Network - 6622
• Connecting to a Network - 7142

NOTE: Feature keys such as Job Accounting, Scan-to-Net, and PostScript must be
applied. Print Activation is required for 6030/6050 printer only. OS Enablement Key is
required for all YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 Controllers.

NOTE: The Printer Activation Key for the 6030/6050 can not be loaded until the 6030/
6050 specific firmware is loaded.

NOTE: The PostScript Feature Key can not be loaded until the appropriate IOT Accxes
Firmware is loaded. PostScript keys are IOT dependent. There is no PostScript key for a
stand-alone controller. Any PostScript key you try to send to a stand-alone controller will
be rejected.

NOTE: All software keys should be installed after Upgrading the Controller Firmware.
Stand-alone Controllers may not accept keys.

9. Install the required feature keys.


In a web browser window, go to https://www.xeroxlicensing.xerox.com/coupon and
follow the instructions on the screen to install the feature keys.
10. If the printer controller is an FRX controller connected to a printer that uses a color touch
screen, you must perform the Integrated Audio Enablement procedure to enable inte-
grated audio on the controller. Once the integrated audio is enabled, proceed to the next
step.

General Procedures 11/2011 Supersedes


Controller Installation for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX 6-18 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
Software Recovery NOTE: When upgrading the controller firmware to the printer specific firmware, the printer
must be connected to the controller.
Purpose
8. Perform Upgrading the Controller Firmware to upgrade the controller firmware to the
The Software Recovery procedure is used to recover from a catastrophic software failure. The
printer specific firmware.
recovery process involves reloading the GNU/Linux operating system and the Accxes software.
9. If the controller is to be connected to the network, go to:
Prerequisite • Connecting to a Network - 88xx/510
The following items are required to perform this procedure: • Connecting to a Network - 721p
• Connecting to a Network - 6030/6050
1. Serial null modem cable • Connecting to a Network - 6050A
2. Laptop PC with a serial port • Connecting to a Network - 6204/6604/6605
3. FreeFlow Accxes Install/Recovery CD • Connecting to a Network - 6279
4. Service Tools CD • Connecting to a Network - 6622
Procedure • Connecting to a Network - 7142
1. Perform the Saving FreeFlow Accxes Parameters to a USB Memory Stick procedure to
NOTE: Feature keys such as Job Accounting, Scan-to-Net, and PostScript must be
save various customer controller parameters.
applied. Print Activation is required for 6030/6050 printer only. OS Enablement Key is
2. Enter controller Diagnostics by using the Serial Connection in Section 6. required for all YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 Controllers.
3. Open the controller CD tray and insert the FreeFlow Accxes Install/Recovery CD for YKE/
NOTE: The Printer Activation Key for the 6030/6050 can not be loaded until the 6030/
YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0. Close the tray.
6050 specific firmware is loaded.
4. Press and hold the Power Switch on the front panel to power down the controller then
press it again to power up the controller. NOTE: The PostScript Feature Key can not be loaded until the appropriate IOT Accxes
Firmware is loaded. PostScript keys are IOT dependent. There is no PostScript key for a
NOTE: The following step initiates the re-installation of the GNU/Linux Operating System stand-alone controller. Any PostScript key you try to send to a stand-alone controller will
and a stand-alone version of Accxes. The contents of the hard drive will be lost once this be rejected.
is initiated.
NOTE: All software keys should be installed after Upgrading the Controller Firmware.
5. After booting up, the Putty terminal emulation window will display the CD install boot: Stand-alone Controllers may not accept keys.
prompt. At the prompt type accxes then press <ENTER>. This will initiate the installation
of the GNU/Linux OS and a standalone version of Accxes. After installing the software, 10. Install the required feature keys.
the controller will open the CDROM drive for approximately 5 seconds then close the drive In a web browser window, go to https://www.xeroxlicensing.xerox.com/coupon and
and automatically reboot and return to the boot: prompt. follow the instructions on the screen to install the feature keys.
NOTE: The installation process takes approximately 10 minutes. Once the installation is 11. Assist the customer in sending a test plot of the appropriate format (Reference the Xerox
complete, the Putty terminal emulation window returns to the boot: prompt. Configuration and Implementation worksheet for the correct file format) to the printer
using Accxes Client Tools, Document Submit. Use the FreeFlow Accxes Service Tools CD
If the screen fails to return to the boot: prompt after 10 minutes, perform the Media Check for sample files.
procedure to test the software media:
12. If a scanner is attached to the controller, make a test scan of the 082E5980 test pattern.
6. Once the Putty terminal emulation window returns to the boot: prompt, remove the Free-
Flow Accxes Install/Recovery CD from the CD tray and close the tray.

NOTE: In the following step, the controller may take approximately 10 minutes to boot up.
During this time, the Accxes software is configuring “temp” files that are used during nor-
mal operation.

7. Press and release the Power Switch on the front panel to power down the controller then
press it again to power up the controller. Continue once you see the following message:
Exiting BOOT_Linux with success.

Supersedes 11/2011 General Procedures


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 6-19 Software Recovery
Media Check
Purpose
The Media Check procedure tests the FreeFlow Accxes Install / Recovery CD to verify that it
can be used to install the GNU/Linux operating system and the Accxes software.

Prerequisite
The following items are required to perform this procedure:

1. Serial null modem cable


2. Laptop PC with a serial port
3. FreeFlow Accxes Install/Recovery CD
4. Service Tools CD
Procedure
1. Enter Controller Diagnostics by using the Serial Connection in Section 6.
2. Insert the FreeFlow Accxes Install/Recovery CD in the controller CD tray and close the
CD tray.
3. Perform the Controller Shutdown to power down the controller.
4. Power up the controller.
5. At the CD install boot: prompt type linux and press <ENTER>. This will initiate a
media test and direct output to the serial port.
After some initialization messages, a “Welcome” screen appears with a “CD Found” box in
the middle. This screen is used to initiate a media test.
6. Press the <SPACE> bar to go to the “Media Check” screen.
7. At the “Media Check Screen”, press the <SPACE> bar to start the media test.
A “Media Check” status screen will appear indicating the progress status of the test. The
test takes approximately 2 minutes.

NOTE: In the following step, once the test is complete do not press the space bar or this
will start a non-Accxes GNU/Linux installation.

8. Once the test completes, the “Media Check Results” screen appears. The status should
read “Pass”. If not, it is likely that the media is bad. Order new media and repeat this test
on the new media before continuing with the Software Install / Recovery.
9. Remove the FreeFlow Accxes Install/Recovery CD from the CD tray and close the CD
tray.
10. Perform the Controller Shutdown to power down the controller.
11. Power up the controller.

General Procedures 11/2011 Supersedes


Media Check 6-20 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
Connecting to a Network - 88xx/510 ii. Press the Next or Previous buttons until DHCP Enable = OFF is displayed.
Press Enter to make the selection. Use the Next and Previous buttons to
Introduction change the selection to ON then press the Enter button to save the entry.
This procedure should only be used for connecting the 8825, 8830, 8850, and 510 to the net- iii. Press the Next or Previous buttons until RARP/BOOTP = OFF is displayed,
work with the YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 controller. verify that OFF is displayed. If not, press Enter to make the selection. Use the
Next and Previous buttons to select OFF then press the Enter button to save
1. Contact the Customer’s System Administrator and ask if the printer will have a static IP the entry
address or obtain one through Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP). If static IP
d. DDNS (IPV4 Protocol)
addressing will be used, ask the System Administrator for an IP address, gateway, and
i. Connect the YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 controller to the cus-
subnet mask.
tomer’s network.
2. Ensure that the Printer, Scanner and controller are correctly connected.
ii. Using the YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 controller’s customer
3. Switch on the System Components in the correct sequence (scanner, printer and control-
assigned DNS Name, perform Setting IP Address for DDNS Using dhcpSet
ler). Command procedure.
4. At the Printer User Interface, use the Online/Offline button to put the Printer in the offline 10. Press the Exit button until the Printer is out of the Setup Menu.
mode.
11. Press the Online/Offline button to put the Printer online.
5. Use the Enter button to access the Setup Menu.
12. Connect the customer’s network to the RJ45 connector on the back of the controller.
6. Press the Next or Previous button until Setup I/O Ports is displayed, then press Enter.
13. Go to Making a Test Print and print a Minimal test print from the Web Print Management
7. Press the Next or Previous button until Ethernet TCP/IP is displayed, then press Enter.
Tool. Confirm the new network attributes are shown on the test print page titled, Printer -
8. Press the Next or Previous button until Port Enable is displayed, verify that Advanced is Configuration.
displayed. If Off is displayed, press Enter and use the Next or Previous button to select
14. Assist the customer in sending a test plot of the appropriate format (Reference the Xerox
Advanced then press Enter
Configuration and Implementation worksheet for the correct file format) to the printer
9. If the customer’s network configuration is: using Accxes Client Tools, Document Submit. Use the FreeFlow Accxes Service Tools CD
a. IPV4 Static Addressing for sample files.
i. Press the Next or Previous buttons until TCP/IP Gateway = is displayed, then
press Enter to make the selection. Use the numeric keypad and enter
255.255.255.255 as the gateway address then press Enter.
ii. Press the Next or Previous buttons until TCP/IP Mask = is displayed, then
press Enter to make the selection. Use the numeric keypad and enter the cus-
tomer’s network mask then press Enter.
iii. Press the Next or Previous buttons until TCP/IP Address = is displayed, then
press Enter to make the selection. Use the numeric keypad and enter the cus-
tomer’s network address and then press Enter.
iv. Press the Next or Previous buttons to return to TCP/IP Gateway =
255.255.255.255 is displayed, then press Enter to make the selection. Use the
numeric keypad and change the gateway to the customer’s network gateway
and then press Enter.
b. IPV6 Auto Configuring
i. Connect the YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 controller to the cus-
tomer’s network.
ii. If the customer is using an IPV6 IP Address protocol, the controller will auto-
matically detect and configure IPV6 server operation.

NOTE: It can take up to 5 minutes for the controller to receive an address.

c. DHCP (IPV4 Protocol)


i. Connect the YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 controller to the cus-
tomer’s network.

Supersedes 11/2011 General Procedures


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 6-21 Connecting to a Network - 88xx/510
Connecting to a Network - 721p • Check is JBoss is running. Log into the controller through PUTTY and type JBoss-
Running at the prompt. If JBoss is not running, reboot the controller and verify that
Introduction JBoss is running. If JBoss is still not running, reload the operating system.
This procedure should only be used for connecting the 721p to the network with the YKE/YKE-
8. Go to Making a Test Print and print a Minimal test print from the Web Print Management
N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 Controller.
Tool. Confirm the new network attributes are shown on the test print page titled, Printer -
1. Contact the customer’s system sdministrator to determine the type of network that the Configuration.
customer is using. Obtain the required network information from the system administrator 9. Assist the customer in sending a test plot of the appropriate format (Reference the Xerox
for the type of network in use. For IPV4 static addressing, you will need an IP Address, a Configuration and Implementation worksheet for the correct file format) to the printer
gateway, and a subnet mask. For a DDNS network, you will need a DNS_Name. using Accxes Client Tools, Document Submit. Use the FreeFlow Accxes Service Tools CD
2. Connect the YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 controller to the customer’s net- for sample files.
work.
3. If the customer’s network configuration is:
a. IPV4 Static Addressing
i. Using the YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 controller’s customer
assigned IP address, gateway, and subnet mask information, perform Setting
IP Address Using ipset Command procedure.
b. IPV6 Auto Configuring
i. If the customer is using an IPV6 IP Address protocol, the controller will auto-
matically detect and configure IPV6 server operation.

NOTE: It can take up to 5 minutes for the controller to receive an address.

c. DHCP (IPV4 Protocol)


i. Perform Setting IP Address for DHCP Using dhcpSet Command procedure.
d. DDNS (IPV4 Protocol)
i. Using the YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 controller’s customer
assigned DNS Name, perform Setting IP Address for DDNS Using dhcpSet
Command procedure.
4. Perform Viewing IP Address Using ifShow Command to verify and record the controller
network settings.

NOTE: When using ifShow to verify an IPV6 connection, receiving either a “Scope:Site”
or a “Scope:Global” indicates that the controller has an IPV6 connection.

5. Disconnect the serial cable from the Laptop PC and controller.


6. Verify the System Components (Scanner, Printer/Copier, and controller) are connected
correctly.
7. On the Laptop PC, open a web browser and type the YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/
DA0 controller’s customer assigned IP address in the URL line to connect to the control-
ler. The main screen of the WebPMT should currently be displayed in the web browser.

NOTE: If the WebPMT is not displayed:


• Verify the proper IP address is being used in the URL line.
• Verify the Laptop PC network address settings are correct (see step 5).
• Perform Viewing IP Address Using “ifShow” Command procedure in Section 6 to
verify the current IP address assigned to the controller.
• Perform Setting IP Address Using “ipset” Command procedure in Section 6 if the IP
address does not match the controller’s customer assigned IP address, gateway,
and subnet mask.

General Procedures 11/2011 Supersedes


Connecting to a Network - 721p 6-22 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
Connecting to a Network - 6030/6050 9. Enter the Printer/Copier’s customer assigned IP address, set the logical printer to 00 and
set the type to “T”. Click on Update Remote Printer. Wait until the message “Communica-
Introduction tions with the printer was successful. The link is up” is displayed.
This procedure should only be used for connecting the 6030/6050 (printer or copier configura- 10. At the web browser, enter Printer/Copier’s customer assigned IP address in the URL line
tion) to the network with the YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 Controller. to connect to the 6030/6050 embedded controller.
11. Log on as Administrator using “root” as the logon and “root” as the password.
NOTE: The 6030/6050 with an YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 controller requires two
12. Select Properties then select TCP/IP.
customer assigned IP addresses. One address for the YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/
DA0 controller and one address for the printer/copier’s embedded controller. 13. Set FTP to “Enabled”.
14. Select SNMP.
1. Contact the Customer’s System Administrator and ask for an IP address, gateway, and
15. From the web browser, use the YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 controller’s cus-
subnet mask: one for the printer/copier’s embedded controller and one for the YKE/YKE-
tomer assigned IP address in the URL line to connect to the controller.
N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 controller.
2. Connect the YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 controller to the customer’s net- 16. Go to Making a Test Print and print a Minimal test print from the Web Print Management
Tool. Confirm the new network attributes are shown on the test print page titled, Printer -
work.
Configuration.
3. If the customer’s network configuration is:
17. Assist the customer in sending a test plot of the appropriate format (Reference the Xerox
a. IPV4 Static Addressing
Configuration and Implementation worksheet for the correct file format) to the printer
i. Using the YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 controller’s customer using Accxes Client Tools, Document Submit. Use the FreeFlow Accxes Service Tools CD
assigned IP address, gateway, and subnet mask information, perform Setting for sample files.
IP Address Using ipset Command procedure.
b. IPV6 Auto Configuring
i. IPV6 is not supported on the 6030/6050.
c. DHCP (IPV4 Protocol)
i. Perform Setting IP Address for DHCP Using dhcpSet Command procedure.
d. DDNS (IPV4 Protocol)
i. Using the YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 controller’s customer
assigned DNS Name, perform Setting IP Address for DDNS Using dhcpSet
Command procedure.
4. Perform Viewing IP Address Using ifShow Command to verify and record the controller
network settings.

NOTE: When using ifShow to verify an IPV6 connection, receiving either a “Scope:Site”
or a “Scope:Global” indicates that the controller has an IPV6 connection.

5. Disconnect the serial cable from the Laptop PC and controller.


6. Verify the System Components (Scanner, Printer/Copier, and Controller) are connected
correctly.
7. On a Customer’s workstation, open a web browser and use the controller’s assigned IP
address in the URL line to connect to the controller and verify correct configuration of the
controller network settings using WebPMT.

NOTE: If the WebPMT is not displayed:


• Verify the proper IP address is being used in the URL line.

8. At the WebPMT screen:


• For FreeFlow Accxes Versions 11.x and below, select the Printer Defaults menu then
select Configure Remote Printer.
• For FreeFlow Accxes Version 12.0 and above, select the Utilities menu then select
Configure Remote Printer.

Supersedes 11/2011 General Procedures


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 6-23 Connecting to a Network - 6030/6050
Connecting to a Network - 6050A
Introduction
This procedure should only be used for connecting the 6050A (printer or copier configuration)
to the network with the YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 Controller.

1. Contact the customer’s system administrator to determine the type of network that the
customer is using. Obtain the required network information from the system administrator
for the type of network in use. For IPV4 static addressing, you will need an IP Address, a
gateway, and a subnet mask. For a DDNS network, you will need a DNS Name.
2. Connect the YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 controller to the customer’s net-
work.
3. If the customer’s network configuration is:
a. IPV4 Static Addressing
i. Using the YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 controller’s customer
assigned IP address, gateway, and subnet mask information, perform Setting
IP Address Using ipset Command procedure.
b. IPV6 Auto Configuring
i. If the customer is using an IPV6 IP Address protocol, the controller will auto-
matically detect and configure IPV6 server operation.

NOTE: It can take up to 5 minutes for the controller to receive an address.

c. DHCP (IPV4 Protocol)


i. Perform Setting IP Address for DHCP Using dhcpSet Command procedure.
d. DDNS (IPV4 Protocol)
i. Using the YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 controller’s customer
assigned DNS Name, perform Setting IP Address for DDNS Using dhcpSet
Command procedure.
4. Perform Viewing IP Address Using ifShow Command to verify and record the controller
network settings.

NOTE: When using ifShow to verify an IPV6 connection, receiving either a “Scope:Site”
or a “Scope:Global” indicates that the controller has an IPV6 connection.

5. Disconnect the serial cable from the Laptop PC and controller.


6. Verify the System Components (Scanner, Printer/Copier, and controller) are connected
correctly.
7. On a Customer’s workstation, open a web browser and use the controller’s assigned IP
address in the URL line to connect to the controller and verify correct configuration of the
controller network settings using WebPMT.
8. Go to Making a Test Print and print a Minimal test print from the Web Print Management
Tool. Confirm the new network attributes are shown on the test print page titled, Printer -
Configuration.
9. Assist the customer in sending a test plot of the appropriate format (Reference the Xerox
Configuration and Implementation worksheet for the correct file format) to the printer
using Accxes Client Tools, Document Submit. Use the FreeFlow Accxes Service Tools CD
for sample files.

General Procedures 11/2011 Supersedes


Connecting to a Network - 6050A 6-24 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
Connecting to a Network - 6204/6604/6605
Introduction
This procedure should only be used for connecting the 6204/6604/6605 (printer or copier con-
figuration) to the network with the YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 Controller.

1. Contact the customer’s system administrator to determine the type of network that the
customer is using. Obtain the required network information from the system administrator
for the type of network in use. For IPV4 static addressing, you will need an IP Address, a
gateway, and a subnet mask. For a DDNS network, you will need a DNS Name.
2. Connect the YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 controller to the customer’s net-
work.
3. If the customer’s network configuration is:
a. IPV4 Static Addressing
i. Using the YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 controller’s customer
assigned IP address, gateway, and subnet mask information, perform Setting
IP Address Using ipset Command procedure.
b. IPV6 Auto Configuring
i. If the customer is using an IPV6 IP Address protocol, the controller will auto-
matically detect and configure IPV6 server operation.

NOTE: It can take up to 5 minutes for the controller to receive an address.

c. DHCP (IPV4 Protocol)


i. Perform Setting IP Address for DHCP Using dhcpSet Command procedure.
d. DDNS (IPV4 Protocol)
i. Using the YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 controller’s customer
assigned DNS Name, perform Setting IP Address for DDNS Using dhcpSet
Command procedure.
4. Perform Viewing IP Address Using ifShow Command to verify and record the controller
network settings.

NOTE: When using ifShow to verify an IPV6 connection, receiving either a “Scope:Site”
or a “Scope:Global” indicates that the controller has an IPV6 connection.

5. Disconnect the serial cable from the Laptop PC and controller.


6. Verify the System Components (Scanner, Printer/Copier, and controller) are connected
correctly.
7. On a Customer’s workstation, open a web browser and use the controller’s assigned IP
address in the URL line to connect to the controller and verify correct configuration of the
controller network settings using WebPMT.
8. Go to Making a Test Print and print a Minimal test print from the Web Print Management
Tool. Confirm the new network attributes are shown on the test print page titled, Printer -
Configuration.
9. Assist the customer in sending a test plot of the appropriate format (Reference the Xerox
Configuration and Implementation worksheet for the correct file format) to the printer
using Accxes Client Tools, Document Submit. Use the FreeFlow Accxes Service Tools CD
for sample files.

Supersedes 11/2011 General Procedures


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 6-25 Connecting to a Network - 6204/6604/6605
Connecting to a Network - 6279
Introduction
This procedure should only be used for connecting the 6279 (printer or copier configuration) to
the network with the YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 Controller.

1. Contact the customer’s system sdministrator to determine the type of network that the
customer is using. Obtain the required network information from the system administrator
for the type of network in use. For IPV4 static addressing, you will need an IP Address, a
gateway, and a subnet mask. For a DDNS network, you will need a DNS_Name.
2. Connect the YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 controller to the customer’s net-
work.
3. If the customer’s network configuration is:
a. IPV4 Static Addressing
i. Using the YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 controller’s customer
assigned IP address, gateway, and subnet mask information, perform Setting
IP Address Using ipset Command procedure.
b. IPV6 Auto Configuring
i. If the customer is using an IPV6 IP Address protocol, the controller will auto-
matically detect and configure IPV6 server operation.

NOTE: It can take up to 5 minutes for the controller to receive an address.

c. DHCP (IPV4 Protocol)


i. Perform Setting IP Address for DHCP Using dhcpSet Command procedure.
d. DDNS (IPV4 Protocol)
i. Using the YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 controller’s customer
assigned DNS Name, perform Setting IP Address for DDNS Using dhcpSet
Command procedure.
4. Perform Viewing IP Address Using ifShow Command to verify and record the controller
network settings.

NOTE: When using ifShow to verify an IPV6 connection, receiving either a “Scope:Site”
or a “Scope:Global” indicates that the controller has an IPV6 connection.

5. Disconnect the serial cable from the Laptop PC and controller.


6. Verify the System Components (Scanner, Printer/Copier, and controller) are connected
correctly.
7. On a Customer’s workstation, open a web browser and use the controller’s assigned IP
address in the URL line to connect to the controller and verify correct configuration of the
controller network settings using WebPMT.
8. Go to Making a Test Print and print a Minimal test print from the Web Print Management
Tool. Confirm the new network attributes are shown on the test print page titled, Printer -
Configuration.
9. Assist the customer in sending a test plot of the appropriate format (Reference the Xerox
Configuration and Implementation worksheet for the correct file format) to the printer
using Accxes Client Tools, Document Submit. Use the FreeFlow Accxes Service Tools CD
for sample files.

General Procedures 11/2011 Supersedes


Connecting to a Network - 6279 6-26 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
Connecting to a Network - 6622
Introduction
This procedure should only be used for connecting the 6622 (printer or copier configuration) to
the network with the UXC/UXC-N/DA0 Controller.

1. Contact the customer’s system sdministrator to determine the type of network that the
customer is using. Obtain the required network information from the system administrator
for the type of network in use. For IPV4 static addressing, you will need an IP Address, a
gateway, and a subnet mask. For a DDNS network, you will need a DNS_Name.
2. Connect the UXC/UXC-N/DA0 controller to the customer’s network.
3. If the customer’s network configuration is:
a. IPV4 Static Addressing
i. Using the UXC/UXC-N/DA0 controller’s customer assigned IP address, gate-
way, and subnet mask information, perform Setting IP Address Using ipset
Command procedure.
b. IPV6 Auto Configuring
i. If the customer is using an IPV6 IP Address protocol, the controller will auto-
matically detect and configure IPV6 server operation.

NOTE: It can take up to 5 minutes for the controller to receive an address.

c. DHCP (IPV4 Protocol)


i. Perform Setting IP Address for DHCP Using dhcpSet Command procedure.
d. DDNS (IPV4 Protocol)
i. Using the UXC/UXC-N/DA0 controller’s customer assigned DNS Name, per-
form Setting IP Address for DDNS Using dhcpSet Command procedure.
4. Perform Viewing IP Address Using ifShow Command to verify and record the controller
network settings.

NOTE: When using ifShow to verify an IPV6 connection, receiving either a “Scope:Site”
or a “Scope:Global” indicates that the controller has an IPV6 connection.

5. Disconnect the serial cable from the Laptop PC and controller.


6. Verify the System Components (Scanner, Printer/Copier, and controller) are connected
correctly.
7. On a Customer’s workstation, open a web browser and use the controller’s assigned IP
address in the URL line to connect to the controller and verify correct configuration of the
controller network settings using WebPMT.
8. Go to Making a Test Print and print a Minimal test print from the Web Print Management
Tool. Confirm the new network attributes are shown on the test print page titled, Printer -
Configuration.
9. Assist the customer in sending a test plot of the appropriate format (Reference the Xerox
Configuration and Implementation worksheet for the correct file format) to the printer
using Accxes Client Tools, Document Submit. Use the FreeFlow Accxes Service Tools CD
for sample files.

Supersedes 11/2011 General Procedures


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 6-27 Connecting to a Network - 6622
Connecting to a Network - 7142 10. Enter the Printer/Copier’s customer assigned IP address. Click on Update Remote
Printer. Wait until the message “Communications with the printer was successful. The link
Introduction is up” is displayed.
This procedure should only be used for connecting the 7142 (printer or copier configuration) to 11. Go to Making a Test Print and print a Minimal test print from the Web Print Management
the network with the UXC/UXC-N/DA0 Controller. Tool. Confirm the new network attributes are shown on the test print page titled, Printer -
Configuration.
NOTE: The 7142 with an UXC/UXC-N/DA0 controller requires two customer assigned IP
12. Assist the customer in sending a test plot of the appropriate format (Reference the Xerox
addresses. One address for the UXC/UXC-N/DA0 controller and one address for the printer/
Configuration and Implementation worksheet for the correct file format) to the printer
copier’s embedded controller.
using Accxes Client Tools, Document Submit. Use the FreeFlow Accxes Service Tools
1. Contact the Customer’s System Administrator and ask for an IP address, gateway, and CD for sample files.
subnet mask: one for the printer/copier’s embedded controller and one for the UXC/UXC-
NOTE: Potential communication errors may occurr if the 7142 has an older version of firmware
N/DA0 controller.
installed. The 7142 must have firmware version 1.x installed. 2.x or later will result in the fol-
2. Connect the UXC/UXC-N/DA0 controller to the customer’s network. lowing error message: “unsupported printer firmware, please update.”
3. If the customer’s network configuration is:
a. IPV4 Static Addressing
i. Using the UXC/UXC-N/DA0 controller’s customer assigned IP address, gate-
way, and subnet mask information, perform Setting IP Address Using ipset
Command procedure.
b. IPV6 Auto Configuring
i. IPV6 is not supported on the 7142.
c. DHCP (IPV4 Protocol)
i. Perform Setting IP Address for DHCP Using dhcpSet Command procedure.
d. DDNS (IPV4 Protocol)
i. Using the UXC/UXC-N/DA0 controller’s customer assigned DNS Name, per-
form Setting IP Address for DDNS Using dhcpSet Command procedure.
4. Perform Viewing IP Address Using ifShow Command to verify and record the controller
network settings.

NOTE: When using ifShow to verify an IPV6 connection, receiving either a “Scope:Site”
or a “Scope:Global” indicates that the controller has an IPV6 connection.

5. Disconnect the serial cable from the Laptop PC and controller.


6. Verify the System Components (Scanner, Printer/Copier, and Controller) are connected
correctly.
7. On a Customer’s workstation, open a web browser and use the controller’s assigned IP
address in the URL line to connect to the controller and verify correct configuration of the
controller network settings using WebPMT.

NOTE: If the WebPMT is not displayed:


• Verify the proper IP address is being used in the URL line.

8. At the WebPMT screen:


• For FreeFlow Accxes Version 12.0 and above, select the Utilities menu then select
Configure Remote Printer.
9. Verify that the IP address on the 7142 download port matches the IP address on the con-
troller. Failure to do so will result in an error message: “unable to communicate.” If the
printer link is active, the connection is good.

General Procedures 11/2011 Supersedes


Connecting to a Network - 7142 6-28 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
Upgrading the Controller Firmware b. IPV6 Auto Configuring, DHCP, or DDNS
i. If this is a new installation the controller default IP Address is 13.240.20.38. In
Purpose this case, you would use 13.240.20.39 as the Laptop PC IP address to commu-
This procedure uses the I/O download method to upgrade the controller firmware on all ver- nicate with the controller.
sions of the Accxes controller. Using this method, a special file containing new Accxes software If this is a controller that is already installed, perform Setting IP Address Using
is sent to the controller as a print job using either the Web Print Management Tool (WebPMT) ipset Command procedure to assign an IPV4 static address to the controller.
(Preferred Method) or the Document Submission Tool (DST). If an Error Message is displayed,
This address will only be used for upgrading the controller firmware.
refer to Error Messages in Section 1 of this manual.
ii. Use the assigned IP address value plus 1 (increase the 4th octet number of the
CAUTION IP address by 1) as the Laptop PC IP address to communicate with the control-
ler.
When upgrading firmware versions:
4. Start the web browser (V11.x Netscape 4.0 or Internet Explorer 4.0, V12.0 Netscape 8.0+
• Make a Controller Configuration Test Print before upgrading to determine which
or Internet Explorer 6.0+) on the PC.
feature keys are enabled. Use that information to determine which feature keys to re-
5. In the Internet address window, enter the IP Address of the controller and press
install after the controller firmware has been upgraded.
<ENTER>.
Go to https://www.xeroxlicensing.xerox.com/coupon and follow the instructions on
If this is a new installation use the following default IP Address:
the screen to reinstall the required feature keys after a firmware upgrade.
13.240.20.38
• Synergix Scan Systems must be at version 2.2.4 before upgrading the controller firm-
ware. 6. When the Main Page of the WebPMT displays:
Prerequisite • For FreeFlow Accxes Versions 11.x and below click on Printer Defaults > Upload
File.
The following items are required to perform this procedure:
• For FreeFlow Accxes Version 12.0 and above click on Utilities > Upload.
1. Network Crossover Cable 7. Click on Upload File on the Printer Defaults menu.
2. Service CD 8. Use the ‘Browse...’ button to locate the appropriate (.bin file) system firmware upgrade file
on the Service CD in the folders: System_Firmware > Controller_Files.
3. Laptop PC with a serial port
4. ACT Document Submission Tool NOTE: You may have to select ‘All Files’ to see the upgrade file and only (.bin) files can
Upgrade Monitoring be uploaded using the WebPMT.

To monitor the upgrade process, establish a Serial Connection with the YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/ 9. Select the file and click Open.
UXC/UXC-N/DA0 Controller. If a problem occurs during the upgrade process, an error mes- 10. When the upgrade file displays in the 'Select the file to upload' window, click the Upload
sage may be displayed in on the Laptop PC. Refer to Error Messages in Section 1 of this man- button.
ual to isolate the problem. 11. Either the Printer Control Panel or the Scanner Control Panel will display the message
'Update in Progress. Do Not Power Off.’
Using the Web Print Management Tool
1. If you are upgrading the firmware on an existing FreeFlow Accxes Controller, perform the NOTE: Both the Printer Control Panel or the Scanner Control Panel will only display the
Saving FreeFlow Accxes Parameters to a USB Memory Stick procedure to save various message 'Update in Progress. Do Not Power Off.’ if those devices are present. If this is
a new install, the Printer Control Panel and the Scanner Control Panel will remain blank.
customer controller parameters prior to the upgrade. If this is a new installation, proceed
to step 2. NOTE: If the 'Update in Progress. Do Not Power Off.’ message is not displayed, verify
2. Connect an Ethernet Crossover Cable between the NIC on the Laptop PC and the net- that the firmware you are attempting to upload matches the printer connected to the con-
work connection on the controller. troller.
3. Configure the Laptop PC IP address to communicate with the controller. If the customer’s
12. When the upgrade process has been completed, the printer will print out a 'Firmware
network configuration is:
Update' report for your review.
a. IPV4 Static Addressing 13. At the browser:
i. If this is a new installation the controller default IP Address is 13.240.20.38. In • For FreeFlow Accxes Versions 11.x and below, return to the Printer Defaults page
this case, you would use 13.240.20.39 as the Laptop PC IP address to commu- and click the Refresh icon at the top of the browser. This will update the Printer
nicate with the controller.
Defaults page and display the new firmware version.
If this is a controller that is already installed, use the controller’s customer • For FreeFlow Accxes Version 12.0 and above, click Configuration > Details and ver-
assigned IP address value plus 1 (increase the 4th octet number of the IP ify the software version.
address by 1) as the Laptop PC IP address to communicate with the controller.
14. You can now close (exit) the web browser.

Supersedes 11/2011 General Procedures


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 6-29 Upgrading the Controller Firmware
15. Disconnect the Ethernet Crossover Cable from the controller’s network port and the Lap- vi. Select the new device as the “Default Printer”.
top PC. vii. Under the File menu, click Session Setup.
16. Reconnect the printer to the customer’s network. viii. From the list of displayed printers, select the printer that you would like to per-
17. If the controller firmware upgrade was performed on and existing FreeFlow Accxes Con- form the upgrade on and click OK.
troller and you saved the controller parameters to a USB Memory Stick, perform the ix. In the Document menu, select Add Document.
Restoring FreeFlow Accxes Parameters from a USB Memory Stick procedure to restore
x. In the 'Add document to job' window, locate the appropriate firmware upgrade
various customer controller parameters.
file (.bin) on the Service CD in the folders:
Using the Document Submission Tool System_Firmware>AccXES_Controller_Files.
1. If you are upgrading the firmware on an existing FreeFlow Accxes Controller, perform the
NOTE: You may have to select ‘All Files’ to see the upgrade file.
Saving FreeFlow Accxes Parameters to a USB Memory Stick procedure to save various
customer controller parameters prior to the upgrade. If this is a new installation, proceed xi. Select the firmware file and click Open.
to step 2. xii. Select the file again, and click Submit from the Job menu.
2. If the customer network configuratin is: xiii. Either the Printer Control Panel or the Scanner Control Panel will display the
a. IPV4 Static Addressing message 'Update in Progress. Do Not Power Off.'
i. Start the Document Submission Tool on the PC.
NOTE: Both the Printer Control Panel or the Scanner Control Panel will only
ii. Under the File menu, click Session Setup. display the message 'Update in Progress. Do Not Power Off.’ if those
iii. From the list of displayed printers, select the printer that you would like to per- devices are present.
form the upgrade on and click OK.
NOTE: If the 'Update in Progress. Do Not Power Off.’ message is not dis-
iv. In the Document menu, select Add Document. played, verify that the firmware you are attempting to upload matches the
v. In the 'Add document to job' window, locate the appropriate firmware upgrade printer connected to the controller.
file (.bin) on the Service CD in the folders:
System_Firmware>AccXES_Controller_Files. xiv. When the upgrade process has been completed, the printer will print out a
'Firmware Update' report for your review.
NOTE: You may have to select ‘All Files’ to see the upgrade file. xv. You can now close (exit) the DST.
vi. Select the firmware file and click Open. 3. If this controller firmware upgrade was performed on and existing FreeFlow Accxes Con-
vii. Select the file again, and click Submit from the Job menu. troller and you saved the controller parameters to a USB Memory Stick, perform the
viii. Either the Printer Control Panel or the Scanner Control Panel will display the Restoring FreeFlow Accxes Parameters from a USB Memory Stick procedure to restore
message 'Update in Progress. Do Not Power Off.' various customer controller parameters.

NOTE: Both the Printer Control Panel or the Scanner Control Panel will only
display the message 'Update in Progress. Do Not Power Off.’ if those
devices are present.

NOTE: If the 'Update in Progress. Do Not Power Off.’ message is not dis-
played, verify that the firmware you are attempting to upload matches the
printer connected to the controller.

ix. When the upgrade process has been completed, the printer will print out a
'Firmware Update' report for your review.
x. You can now close (exit) the DST.
b. IPV6 Auto Configuring
i. Start the Document Submission Tool on the PC.
ii. Select the Device Manager tab.
iii. Click the Create New Device button.
iv. Under Network, enter the “Device Name” and click the “DNS” button.
v. Verify that the “IP Address” field is automatically filled in with the IPV6 address
of the target printer. If not, verify that the “Device Name” is correct with the cus-
tomer’s system administrator.

General Procedures 11/2011 Supersedes


Upgrading the Controller Firmware 6-30 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
BIOS Recovery 6. At the BIOS Setup screen, scroll to System > Boot Sequence. Follow the directions at
the bottom of the screen to move the Onboard USB CDROM Drive to the number one
Purpose position in the Boot Sequence list.
The BIOS Recovery procedure is used to restore the BIOS settings after the Controller Battery 7. At the BIOS Setup screen, scroll to Power Management and press <ENTER>.
has been removed or is determine to be faulty. The Controller Battery can be suspected faulty
8. Scroll to AC Recovery. Follow the directions at the bottom of the screen to set AC Recov-
when:
ery to ON.
9. At the BIOS Setup screen, scroll to Drives > Diskette Drive. Follow the directions at the
1. As the controller powers up, the Power Light on the Front Panel lights Green.
bottom of the screen to set the diskette drive to OFF.
2. Two short beeps are heard (see Beep Codes).
10. For YKE and YKE-N controller, at the BIOS Setup screen, scroll to Video > Video Mem-
3. The Diagnostic Lights next to the Back Panel Connectors is lit in the following sequence: ory Size. Follow the directions at the bottom of the screen to set the video memory size to
For YKE: A = Green, B = Green, C = Green, D = Yellow 1mb.
For YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0: 1 = OFF, 2 = OFF, 3 = OFF, 4 = Green 11. At the BIOS Setup screen, scroll to Post Behavior > Keyboard Errors. Follow the direc-
Prerequisite tions at the bottom of the screen to set keyboard errors to Do Not Report.
The following items are required to perform this procedure: 12. At the BIOS Setup screen, press <ESC> to exit BIOS Setup.
13. Select Save/Exit.
1. VGA Monitor 14. Press <ENTER>. This will reboot the controller. The BIOS is now fully restored to its orig-
2. Keyboard with a USB connector inal settings.

NOTE: For systems using the Touch Screen UI, you must first disconnect the Touch Screen UI
VGA connector from the Dell in order to connect the VGA monitor to the Dell.

Procedure for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX


1. Connect the VGA Monitor and Keyboard to the controller. The Keyboard can be attached
to any USB port.

NOTE: In the following step, if the Dell screen does not appear within 5 seconds, check
the video connection and the monitor power.

NOTE: In the following step, you must press the F2 key when the Dell screen appears in
order to enter the BIOS Setup screen. If the BIOS Setup screen does not appear within
15 seconds, check the Keyboard connection. Once the Dell screen disappears, pressing
F2 will have no effect.

2. Power up the controller. As the controller boots, press F2 at the Dell Screen to enter the
BIOS Setup Screen.
3. At the BIOS Setup Screen:
a. Scroll to Maintenance.
b. Press <ENTER>. select Load Defaults.
c. Scroll to Load Defaults.
d. Select Continue.
e. Press <ENTER> twice.
f. Press <ESC>.
g. Select Save/Exit.
h. Press <ENTER>. This will reboot the controller.
4. As the controller boots, press F2 at the Dell Screen to enter the BIOS Setup screen.
5. At the BIOS Setup screen, scroll to System > Date/Time. Follow the directions at the bot-
tom of the screen to set the system data and time.

Supersedes 11/2011 General Procedures


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 6-31 BIOS Recovery
Procedure for UXC/UXC-N 10. At the BIOS Setup screen, use the arrow keys to scroll to Post Behavior and press
<ENTER>.
1. Connect the VGA Monitor and Keyboard to the controller. The Keyboard can be attached
to any USB port. a. Use the arrow keys to scroll to Keyboard Errors and press the <TAB> key.
b. Press <ENTER> to uncheck the box.
NOTE: In the following step, if the Dell screen does not appear within 5 seconds, check
c. Press the <TAB> key 3 times to highlight the Exit button on the screen.
the video connection and the monitor power.
11. Press <ENTER> twice for the controller to accept the changes. This will reboot the con-
NOTE: In the following step, you must press the F2 key when the Dell screen appears in troller. The BIOS is now fully restored to its original settings.
order to enter the BIOS Setup screen. If the BIOS Setup screen does not appear within
15 seconds, check the Keyboard connection. Once the Dell screen disappears, pressing
F2 will have no effect.

2. Power up the controller. As the controller boots, press F2 at the Dell Screen to enter the
BIOS Setup Screen.
3. At the BIOS Setup Screen:
a. Press the <TAB> key twice to highlight the Unlock button.
b. Press <ENTER>.
c. Enter 6789 at the keyboard and press <ENTER>.
d. Press the <TAB> key twice to highlight the Load Defaults button.
e. Press <ENTER> twice.
4. At the BIOS Setup screen, use the arrow keys to scroll to Drives and press <ENTER>.
a. Use the arrow keys to scroll to Diskette Drive and press the <TAB> key.
b. Press <ENTER>.
c. Press the <TAB> key 4 times to get back to the main list.
5. At the BIOS Setup screen, use the arrow keys to scroll to System Configuration and
press <ENTER>.
a. Use the arrow keys to scroll to Serial Port #1 and press the <TAB> key.
b. Use the arrow keys to scroll to COM1 and press <ENTER>.
c. Press the <TAB> key 4 times to get back to the main list.
6. At the BIOS Setup screen, use the arrow keys to scroll to Performance and press
<ENTER>.
a. Use the arrow keys to scroll to HDD Acoustic Mode and press the <TAB> key.
b. Use the arrow keys to scroll to Performance and press <ENTER>.
c. Press the <TAB> key 4 times to get back to the main list.
7. At the BIOS Setup screen, use the arrow keys to scroll to Security and press <ENTER>.
a. Use the arrow keys to scroll to Password Changes and press the <TAB> key.
b. Press <ENTER> to uncheck the box.
c. Press the <TAB> key 4 times to get back to the main list.
8. At the BIOS Setup screen, use the arrow keys to scroll to Chassis Instusion and press
the <TAB> key.
a. Use the arrow keys to scroll to Disable and press <ENTER>.
b. Press the <TAB> key 4 times to get back to the main list.
9. At the BIOS Setup screen, use the arrow keys to scroll to Power Management and press
<ENTER>.
a. Use the arrow keys to scroll to AC Recovery and press the <TAB> key.
b. Use the arrow keys to scroll to Power ON and press <ENTER>.
c. Press the <TAB> key 4 times to get back to the main list.

General Procedures 11/2011 Supersedes


BIOS Recovery 6-32 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
Procedure for DAO
1. Connect the Monitor and Keyboard to the controller. The Keyboard can be attached to
any USB port.

NOTE: In the following step, if the Dell screen does not appear within 5 seconds, check
the video connection and the monitor power.

NOTE: In the following step, you must press the F12 key when the Dell screen appears in
order to enter the One-time Boot Menu. If the Options screen does not appear within 15
seconds, check the Keyboard connection. Once the Dell screen disappears, pressing F12
will have no effect.

2. Power up the controller. As the controller boots, press F12. The One-Time Boot Menu
appears.
3. Use the Up/Down arrows to scroll to BIOS Setup and press <Enter>.
4. At the BIOS Setup Screen:
a. Scroll to Maintenance.
b. With Maintenance highlighted, select Unlock.
c. In the Setup Unlock window, type 6789 and select OK. The Load Default button
appears.
d. Select Load Default and OK.
e. Select Apply and Exit. The controller will reboot.
5. As the controller boots, press F12 to access the Dell Setup Options.
6. Scroll to BIOS Setup and press <Enter>.
7. At the BIOS Setup screen, scroll to General > Date/Time.
a. Select Unlock.
b. In the Setup Unlock window, type 6789 and select OK.
c. Set the correct time and select Apply.
8. At the BIOS Setup screen, scroll to General > Boot Sequence.
a. Move the USB Storage Device to the number one position in the Boot Sequence list
and select Apply.
9. At the BIOS Setup screen, scroll to System Configuration and press <ENTER>.
a. Scroll to Serial Port.
b. Ensure that COM1 is selected. If it is not, select COM1 and select Apply.
10. At the BIOS Setup screen, scroll to Security and press <ENTER>.
a. Scroll to Password Change.
b. Uncheck Allow Non-Admin Password Changes and select Apply.
11. At the BIOS Setup screen, scroll to Power Management and press <ENTER>.
a. Scroll to AC Recovery.
b. Select Power On and Apply.
12. At the BIOS Setup screen, scroll to Post Behavior and press <Enter>.
a. Scroll to Keyboard Errors and uncheck Enable Keyboard Error Detection to set
keyboard errors to Do Not Report.
13. Select Exit and Yes.
14. This will reboot the controller. The BIOS is now fully restored to its original settings.

Supersedes 11/2011 General Procedures


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 6-33 BIOS Recovery
Integrated Audio Enablement
Purpose
The Integrated Audio Enablement procedure is used to enable integrated audio on an FRX or
LVX controller. This procedure is required when an FRX or LVX controller is connected to a
printer that uses the color touch screen. It allows the touch-screen panel to emit audio when-
ever the panel is touched.

Prerequisite
The following items are required to perform this procedure:

1. VGA Monitor
2. Keyboard with a USB connector

NOTE: For systems using the Touch Screen UI, you must first disconnect the Touch Screen UI
VGA connector from the Dell in order to connect the VGA monitor to the Dell.

Procedure
1. Connect the VGA Monitor and Keyboard to the controller. The Keyboard can be attached
to any USB port.

NOTE: In the following step, if the Dell screen does not appear on the printer touch-
screen monitor, within 5 seconds, check the USB video connection and the monitor
power.

NOTE: In the following step, you must press the F2 key when the Dell screen appears, on
the touch screen monitor, in order to enter the BIOS Setup screen. If the BIOS Setup
screen does not appear within 15 seconds, check the USB Keyboard connection. Once
the Dell screen disappears, pressing F2 will have no effect.

2. Power up the controller. As the controller boots, press F2 at the Dell Screen to enter the
BIOS Setup Screen.
3. At the BIOS Setup Screen:
a. Scroll to Onboard Services.
b. Press <ENTER>.
c. Scroll to Integrated Audio.
d. Press <ENTER>.
e. Use the Left/Right Arrows keys to highlight ON.
f. Press <ENTER>.
g. Press <ESC>.
h. Select Save/Exit.
i. Press <ENTER>. This will reboot the controller. Integrated Audio is now enabled on
the LVX controller.

General Procedures 11/2011 Supersedes


Integrated Audio Enablement 6-34 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
Setting IP Address Using ipset Command
Purpose
The purpose of the ipset command is to set the TCP/IP address of the YKE/YKE-N/FRX/
LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 controller. It includes the IP address, the Netmask, and the Gateway
Address.

NOTE: The ipset command can only be used to set the IP address for the IPV4 protocol.

Prerequisite
The following items are required to perform this procedure:

1. Serial null modem cable


2. Laptop PC with a serial port

NOTE: You must be logged into the Accxes application in order to run ipset.

Procedure
1. Enter Controller Diagnostics by using the Serial Connection procedure in Section 6.
2. Use the Service Login procedure to login to the Accxes software.

NOTE: Quotes are no longer required around any of the values.


Example: →ipset xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx yyy.yyy.yyy.yyy zzz.zzz.zzz.zzz
Where x = IP Address, y = Gateway, z = subnet mask

3. At the service prompt, type ipset address gateway subnet mask, then press
<ENTER>. The screen will scroll one of two series of messages:
If Accxes is not running:
[service@Accxes /home/accxes]% ipset 13.136.199.163 13.136.199.1 255.255.255.0
Accxes is not running, configuring network paramenters directly
Using IP Config: static
Using IP Address: 13.136.199.163
Using Gateware: 13.136.199.1
Using Netmask: 255.255.255.0
Using Link: Auto
[service@Accxes /home/accxes]%

If Accxes is running:
[service@Accxes /home/accxes]% ipset 13.141.54.65 13.141.54.1 255.255.255.0
(t2396195760: tPsmTask): <configEthernet> calling: networkConfig.pl static 13.141.54.65
13.141.54.1 255.255.255.0
(t2396195760: tPsmTask): <configEthernet> system call complete
[service@Accxes /home/accxes]% (t2396195760: tPsmTask): Saving user default setu
p #0

NOTE: Press <ENTER> to see the System Login prompt.

NOTE: IP address changes take within 60 seconds. Rebooting Accxes is not required.

NOTE: Once ipset completes, you can use Viewing IP Address Using ifShow Com-
mand or Viewing Network Configuration Using netShow Command to verify the new net-
work parameters.

Supersedes 11/2011 General Procedures


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 6-35 Setting IP Address Using ipset
Setting IP Address for DHCP Using dhcpSet Command
Purpose
The dhcpSet command is used to enable theYKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC controller to obtain
an IP address for the network DHCP server.

Prerequisite
The following items are required to perform this procedure:

1. Serial null modem cable


2. Laptop PC with a serial port

NOTE: You must be logged into the Accxes application in order to run dhcpSet.

Procedure for DHCP


1. Enter Controller Diagnostics by using the Serial Connection procedure in Section 6.
2. Ensure that the controller is connected to the customer’s network.
3. Use the Service Login procedure to login to the Accxes software.
4. Type in killAccxes.
5. At the service prompt, type dhcpSet then press <ENTER>. The screen will scroll the fol-
lowing message:

[service@Accxes /home/accxes]% dhcpSet


Setting network parameters via DHCP...
Determining IP information for eth0... done.
DHCP: Determining IP/Gateway/Netmask...
DHCP: IP Address: 13.141.54.161
DHCP: Gateway: 13.141.54.1
DHCP: Netmask: 255.255.255.0

NOTE: Press <ENTER> to see the System Login prompt.

NOTE: IP address changes take within 60 seconds. Rebooting Accxes is not required.

NOTE: Once dhcpSet completes, you can use Viewing IP Address Using ifShow Com-
mand to verify the new network parameters.

6. Reboot the Accxes controller.

General Procedures 11/2011 Supersedes


Setting IP Address for DHCP Using dhcpSet 6-36 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
Setting IP Address for DDNS Using dhcpSet Command
Purpose
The dhcpSet command is used to enable theYKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC controller to obtain
an IP address using a DNS Name for the network DHCP server.

Prerequisite
The following items are required to perform this procedure:

1. Serial null modem cable


2. Laptop PC with a serial port

NOTE: You must be logged into the Accxes application in order to run dhcpSet.

Procedure for DDNS


1. Enter Controller Diagnostics by using the Serial Connection procedure in Section 6.
2. Ensure that the controller is connected to the customer’s network.
3. Use the Service Login procedure to login to the Accxes software.
4. Type in killAccxes.

NOTE: Quotes are no longer required around any of the values.


Example: →dhcpSet DNS_Name
Where DNS_Name = the customer assigned DNS Name for the printer

5. At the service prompt, type dhcpSet DNS_NAME then press <ENTER>. The screen will
scroll the following message:

NOTE: In the example below, the DNS_NAME used is 6204printer. You can obtain a
DNS_NAME for the customer’s printer from the Customer Network Administrator

[service@Accxes /home/accxes]% dhcpSet 6204printer


Setting network parameters via DHCP with hostname <6204printer>
Determining IP information for eth0... done.
DHCP: Determining IP/Gateway/Netmask...
DHCP: IP Address: 192.168.1.19
DHCP: Gateway: 192.168.1.1
DHCP: Netmask: 255.255.255.0

NOTE: Press <ENTER> to see the System Login prompt.

NOTE: IP address changes take within 60 seconds.

NOTE: Once dhcpSet completes, you can use Viewing IP Address Using ifShow Com-
mand to verify the new network parameters.

6. Reboot the Accxes controller.

Supersedes 11/2011 General Procedures


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 6-37 Setting IP Address for DDNS Using dhcpSet
Viewing IP Address Using ifShow Command f. RX/TX - The packets and bytes that have been sent (TX) or received (RX) since the
Ethernet interface was brought up. May be useful in diagnosing traffic flow problems
Purpose to/from the controller.
The purpose of the ifShow command is to view Ethernet settings on the YKE/YKE-N/FRX/
LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 Controller including, up/down status, IP Address and Netmask. It also
displays information on the number of transmitted and received packets and bytes.

NOTE: ifShow does not display the Gateway Address or the speed/duplex settings. Go to
Viewing Network Configuration Using netShow Command to display this information.

Prerequisite
The following items are required to perform this procedure:

1. Serial null modem cable


2. Laptop PC with a serial port

NOTE: You must be logged into the Accxes application in order to run ifShow.

Procedure
1. Enter Controller Diagnostics by using the Serial Connection procedure in Section 6.
2. Use the Service Login procedure to login to the Accxes software.
3. At the service prompt, type ifShow, then press <ENTER>. The following is an example of
the information that will be displayed:

service@Accxes /home/accxes]% ifShow


eth0 Link encap:Ethernet HWaddr 00:13:72:11:3E:FE
inet addr:13.141.54.161 Bcast:13.141.54.255 Mask:255.255.255.0
inet6 addr: fe80::213:72ff:fe11:3efe/64 Scope:Link
UP BROADCAST RUNNING MULTICAST MTU:1500 Metric:1
RX packets:6548 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 frame:0
TX packets:44 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 carrier:0
collisions:0 txqueuelen:1000
RX bytes:705427 (688.8 KiB) TX bytes:4965 (4.8 KiB)
Interrupt:16

Key values given by ifShow include:


a. eth0 - The Ethernet device. This should always be eth0.
b. inet addr: - The IP Address of the controller. In the example above, the IP address is
13.136.199.163
c. Bcast - The Broadcast Address of the controller. In the example above, the Broad-
cast Address is 13.136.199.255
d. Mask - The Netmask of the controller. In the example above, the Netmask is
255.255.255.0
e. UP - Indicates that the Ethernet device is running. If the device in not up, nothing is
displayed (i.e. DOWN is not shown).

General Procedures 11/2011 Supersedes


Viewing IP Address Using ifShow 6-38 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
Setting Network Speed/Duplex using netSet Command
Purpose
The purpose of the netSet command is to set the Ethernet speed and duplex settings on the
YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 Controller.

Prerequisite
The following items are required to perform this procedure:

1. Serial null modem cable


2. Laptop PC with a serial port

NOTE: You must be logged into the YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 Accxes system in


order to run netSet.

Procedure
1. Enter Controller Diagnostics by using the Serial Connection procedure in Section 6.
2. Use the Service Login procedure to login to the Accxes software.
3. At the service prompt, type one of the commands in Table 1, then press <ENTER>.

Table 1 netSet Commands


Command Function
netSetAuto Default setting. Accxes auto-negotiates speed and duplex
settings. Currently the only way to achieve 1000 Mbps
(Gigabit Ethernet) is via auto-negotiation.
netSet100H 100 Mbps / Half Duplex
netSet100F 100 Mbps / Full Duplex
netSet10H 10 Mbps / Half Duplex
netSet10F 10 Mbps / Full Duplex

4. No response will be given. You will return to the service prompt.

NOTE: Changes take place immediately. Rebooting Accxes in not required.

NOTE: Use Viewing Network Configuration Using netShow Command to verify the new
settings.

Supersedes 11/2011 General Procedures


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 6-39 Setting Network Speed/Duplex using netSet
Viewing Network Configuration Using netShow Command Table 1 netShow Parameters

Purpose Parameter Function

The purpose of the netShow command is to view the Ethernet settings on the YKE/YKE-N/ gateway=13.136.199.1 The IP Address of the gateway used by the YKE/YKE-N/
FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 Controller including IP parameters and speed/duplex settings. FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 Controller.
netShow does not display the extra information seen when using ifShow. ip=13.136.199.163 The IP Address of the YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/
DA0 Controller.
Prerequisite netmask=255.255.255.0 The Netmask of the YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/
The following items are required to perform this procedure: DA0 Controller.
speed=100 The speed (1000/100/10) in Mega-bits-per-second (Mbps)
1. Serial null modem cable of the Accxes network connection. This setting is negotiated
2. Laptop PC with a serial port (if autoreg=on) or specified directly using netSet com-
mands.
NOTE: You must be logged into the Accxes application in order to run netShow.

Procedure
1. Enter Controller Diagnostics by using the Serial Connection procedure in Section 6.
2. Use the Service Login procedure to login to the Accxes software.
3. At the service prompt type netShow, then press <ENTER>. The following is an example
of the information that will be displayed. Table 1 describes each parameter.

[service@Accxes /home/accxes]% netShow


autoneg=on
duplex=full
gateway=13.141.54.1
hostname=bsp66
ipaddr=13.141.54.161
ipconfig=dhcp
ipv6=no
netmask=255.255.255.0
speed=100

NOTE: netShow does not shown whether the Ethernet interface is up. Use Viewing IP
Address Using ifShow Command to interface information.

Table 1 netShow Parameters


Parameter Function
autoneg=on Ethernet is negotiating speed and duplex settings. This
should typically be ON unless the customer has specific
requirements for speed or duplex. Currently the only way to
achieve 1000 Mbps (Gigabit Ethernet) is via auto-negotia-
tion
duplex=full Indicates simultaneous two-way communication (duplex) us
being used on the network. half indicates that Accxes can
send or receive information, but not simultaneously. This
setting is negotiated (if autoreg=on) or specified directly
using netSet commands.

General Procedures 11/2011 Supersedes


Viewing Network Configuration Using netShow 6-40 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
Saving FreeFlow Accxes Parameters to a USB Memory
Stick
Purpose
The following procedure gives step-by-step instructions on how to save FreeFlow Accxes
parameters (Printer Setup, Printer Object Manager, Job Accounting) to a USB Memory Stick.
This procedure would normally be performed prior to upgrading the controller firmware.

Prerequisite
The following items are required to perform this procedure:

1. Serial null modem cable


2. Laptop PC with a serial port
3. USB Memory Stick

NOTE: Ensure that the customer is not sending any print jobs, and that the print queue is
empty.

NOTE: After saving the parameters, do not change the directory structure on the USB memory
stick. This structure will be used to restore the parameters.

NOTE: Accxes Feature Keys are not saved.

NOTE: The controller must have FreeFlow Accxes version 11.1 or higher.

Procedure
1. Disconnect the network cable from the FreeFlow Accxes Controller.
2. Install the USB Memory Stick into any available USB port on the FreeFlow Accxes Con-
troller.
3. Enter Controller Diagnostics by using the Serial Connection procedure in Section 6.
4. Use the Service Login procedure to login to the Accxes software.
5. At the service prompt type killAccxes, then press <ENTER>. This will shutdown the
FreeFlow Accxes application.
6. At the service prompt type saveSetup, then press <ENTER>. This will save the printer
setup parameters.
7. At the service prompt type savePOM, then press <ENTER>. This will save the Printer
Object Manager data set by the user such as raster stamps, fonts, pen palettes, and
labels.
8. At the service prompt type saveJA, then press <ENTER>. This will save the Job
Accounting Data.
9. Remove the USB Memory Stick from the FreeFlow Accxes Controller.
10. Reconnect the network cable and reboot the controller.

NOTE: The USB Memory Stick will contain a directory called Accxes. In this directory,
there will be another directory named with some letters and numbers (this is the service
tag for the Dell Computer). Under the service tag directory, there will be three directories:
JA, PomData, and PSM. These directories contain the saved data corresponding to the
data saved in the previous steps.

11. Restart the print queue.

Supersedes 11/2011 General Procedures


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 6-41
Restoring FreeFlow Accxes Parameters from a USB
Memory Stick
Purpose
The following procedure gives step-by-step instructions on how to restore FreeFlow Accxes
parameters (Printer Setup, Printer Object Manager, Job Accounting) from a USB Memory
Stick. This procedure would normally be performed after upgrading the controller firmware.

Prerequisite
The following items are required to perform this procedure:

1. Serial null modem cable


2. Laptop PC with a serial port
3. USB Memory Stick

NOTE: Ensure that the customer is not sending any print jobs, and that the print queue is
empty.

NOTE: The controller must have FreeFlow Accxes version 11.1 or higher.

Procedure
1. Disconnect the network cable from the FreeFlow Accxes Controller.
2. Install the USB Memory Stick into any available USB port on the FreeFlow Accxes Con-
troller.
3. Enter Controller Diagnostics by using the Serial Connection procedure in Section 6.
4. Use the Service Login procedure to login to the Accxes software.
5. At the service prompt type killAccxes, then press <ENTER>. This will shutdown the
FreeFlow Accxes application.
6. At the service prompt type restoreSetup, then press <ENTER>. This will restore the
printer setup parameters.
7. At the service prompt type restorePOM, then press <ENTER>. This will restore the
Printer Object Manager data.
8. The following message will appear: “Printer Objects will be overwritten, are you sure (Y/
N)?” Select “Y”.
9. At the service prompt type restoreJA, then press <ENTER>. This will restore the Job
Accounting Data.
10. The following message will appear: “Accounting Data will be overwritten, are you sure (Y/
N)?” Select “Y”.
11. Remove the USB Memory Stick from the FreeFlow Accxes Controller.
12. Reconnect the network cable and reboot the controller.

General Procedures 11/2011 Supersedes


6-42 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
Enable/Disable Auto Save Logs to USB
Purpose
The Auto Save Logs feature allows the debug log files to be saved an attached USB storage
device when the system boots up. It must be activated by the CSE, but it can be used by the
customer to collect the logs after a problem occurs and send them to the CSE prior to the CSE
traveling to the customer site.

Prerequisite
The following items are required to perform this procedure:

1. Serial null modem cable


2. Laptop PC with a serial port
3. USB Memory Stick

NOTE: Ensure that the customer is not sending any print jobs, and that the print queue is
empty.

NOTE: The controller must have FreeFlow Accxes version 11.1 or higher.

Procedure
1. Disconnect the network cable from the FreeFlow Accxes Controller.
2. Install the USB Memory Stick into any available USB port on the FreeFlow Accxes Con-
troller.
3. Enter Controller Diagnostics by using the Serial Connection procedure in Section 6.
4. Use the Service Login procedure to login to the Accxes software.
5. At the service prompt type enableAutoSaveLogs, then press <ENTER>. The following
will be displayedon the screen:
Auto-Save-Logs has been ENABLED.
Logs will be saved after reboots..
6. Reboot the controller and wait for the controller to fully initialize and be ready to print.
7. Remove the USB storage device.
8. Insert the USB storage device into another computer.
9. Locate the “Accxes” folder on the USB storage device.
10. Locate a folder with the hardward ID of the device in the “Accxes”folder.
11. Locate the “debug logs” folder in the hardware ID folder.
12. Inside the “debug logs” folder is date/time stamped zip file of the logs.
13. To disable Auto Save Logs, at the service prompt type disableAutoSaveLogs, then
press <ENTER>. The following will be displayedon the screen:
Auto-Save-Logs have been DISABLED.

Supersedes 11/2011 General Procedures


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 6-43
Glossary of Accxes Terminology DRT - This acronym stands for Document Retrieval Tool.

A DST - This acronym stands for Document Submission Tool.


ACAD - AutoCad Data Format.
E
Accxes - The hardware/software print controller. This software historically was called FINESS.
EAS - This acronym stands for External Accounting Server: An accounting application external
FINESS is an acronym which stands for Fully Integrated and Networked Electronic Sub Sys-
to a Xerox XD device which serves to collect accounting data.
tem.
EOF - This acronym stands for End of File.
AFR - Automatic Format Recognition. This is the ability of Accxes to automatically detect file
formats and render them correctly.
EOJ - This acronym stands for End of Job.

API - Application Program Interface: An interface used to communicate with a device or appli-
cation.
F
Fedora - The distribution of GNU/Linux used by Accxes.
B
FIFO - This acronym stands for First In, First Out It typically refers to a memory device.
Band - A horizontal strip of image data. This may refer to all color channels of the strip or only
one separation.
FINESS - This acronym stands for Fully Integrated and Networked Electronic Sub System.
This is the name of the controller that was replaced by Accxes.
BCM - Banded Compression Manager. Software in Accxes used for rendering.
Flash - A term used to refer to re-programmable ROM’s.
BIOS - Basic Input Output System.
FPGA - This acronym stands for Field Programmable Gate Array.
BOOTP - Bootstrap Protocol. Allows a device to obtain an IP address from a server on star-
tup. Similar to and usually superseded by DHCP. FRX - Product code for the third generation Accxes controller using GNU/Linux on a x86 pro-
cessor (Dell Optiplex 745).
C
CALS - Computer aided Acquisition and Logistics Support - a US government data format. A FTP - This acronym stands for File Transfer Protocol.
file format supported by Accxes.
Full Duplex - Data can be transmitted in two directions simultaneously.
CGM - Computer Graphics Metafile. A file format supported by Accxes.
G
CMYK - Cyan Magenta Yellow blacK; A subtractive color system used in ink jet printing. GNU/Linux - Open source PC operating system. Comes in many configuration called “distribu-
tions”.
D
DA0 - Product code for the seventh generation Accxes controller using GNU/Linux on a x86 H
processor (Dell Optiplex 790).
Half Duplex - Data can be transmitted in both directions, but not at the same time.

DDS - Digital Document System- A term used to describe a multifunction device (same as HFT - Product code for the last generation Accxes controller using VxWorks on a PowerPC
“Controller” or “RIP”).
processor. HFT controller preceeded the Dell based controllers.

DDNS - Dynamic Domain Name Service.


I
DFI -This acronym stands for Data Format Interpreter. IIO - Immediate Image Overwrite. An Accxes feature that overides image data as soon as its
no longer needed.
DHCP - Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol. Protocol for dynamic IP addressing under the
control of a central server. With dynamic addressing, a device can have a different IP address IP - Internet Protocol. Defines the addressing scheme and packet definitions between devices
every time it connects to the network. on a network.

DPI - This acronym stands for Dots Per Inch.

General Procedures 11/2011 Supersedes


Glossary of Accxes Terminology 6-44 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
J PCL - This acronym stands for Page Control Language.
JBOSS - Java Application server used on Accxes. Web Printer Management Tool is based on
PDL - Page Description Language (e.g. PostScript, HPGL, CGM, etc...).
JBoss.

Job Attribute - A set of job information 'tags’, that are associated with a job to identify activity PDF - Portable Document Format. Page description language created by Adobe.
and resource usage. Job Attributes make up the Job Record. Used in Accxes job Accounting.
PJL - This acronym stands for Page Control Language.
Job Log - The file maintained by the controller to record information and media usage activities
POM - This acronym stands for Printer Object Manager. This is software within Accxes that
associated with a job.
manages objects such as fonts, labels, stamps, media objects, printer palettes, and pen pat-
Job Record - The set of attributes that describe a job, appended to the Job Log File. terns.

POST - This acronym stands for Power On Self Test.


JPEG - Joint Photographic Experts Group. Refers to a file format supported by Accxes.

PS - PostScript. Page description language created by Adobe.


L
LPD - This acronym stands for Line Printer Daemon. This is used in Accxes to listen for lpr PSM - This acronym stands for Printer State Machine. This is software within Accxes that man-
requests. ages things that need to be consistent across reboots. This would include things like printer
default settings.
LPR - Unix print command. It refers to Line PRinter.
PUN - Product code for the last generation Accxes controller using VxWorks on a PowerPC
LVX - Product code for the forth generation Accxes controller using GNU/Linux on a x86 pro- processor.
cessor (Dell Optiplex 755).
R
M RARP - Reverse Address Resolution Protocol. A TCP/IP protocol for determining an IP
Machine Name - This is the name of the device used in Job Based Accounting to identify IOT’s address from a MAC (hardware) address.
or Xerox Devices. This by default is the advanced network hardware address. It is user config-
urable. RFC - This acronym stands for Request For Comment: A specification document, which is
open for commentary by interested users.
Mbps - Short for "megabit per second", a measure of data transfer speed (a megabit is equal to
one million bits). RGB - This acronym stands for Red Green Blue; an additive color system.

MMU - This acronym stands for Memory Management Unit. RIP - This acronym stands for Raster Image Processor (see ESS).

N RLE - This acronym stands for Run Length Encoding. This is a type of compression scheme.
NIC - This acronym stands for Network Interface Card.
ROM - This acronym stands for Read Only Memory.
NIRS - This acronym stands for Navy Implementation for Raster Scanning. This is a file format
supported by Accxes. RTL This acronym stands for Raster Transfer Language. This is a file format Accxes supports.

O S
OCAD - Other CAD Data Format. SCSI - This acronym stands for Small Computer System Interface.

OCP - This acronym stands for Operator Control Panel. SDLC - Synchronous Data Link Protocol – a communications protocol used between the ESS
and the IOT in P199 standard.
ODIO - On Demand Image Ovewrite. An Accxes feature that performs a ‘one time’ overwrite of
the entire disk (compare with “IIO”). SIB - This acronym stands for Scanned Image Buffer. This is a temporary space where Accxes
stores scanned data.
P
SNMP This acronym stands for Simple Network Management Protocol.
PCI - Peripheral Component Interconnect bus (Intel).

Supersedes 11/2011 General Procedures


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 6-45 Glossary of Accxes Terminology
STN - This acronym stands for Scan to Net.

T
TCP - Transmission Control Protocol. Enables two hosts to establish a connection and send/
receive data. TCP guarantees delivery of data and also guarantees that packets will be deliv-
ered in the same order in which they were sent.

TCP/IP - Combination of the TCP and IP protocols. Used on the Internet and in many other
networks. IP handles the addressing of devices; TCP handles the sequencing and delivery of
these packets to create a reliable connection between devices.

TPR2 - Third Party Rendering (Non-Adobe).

TRC - This acronym stands for Tone Response (sometimes Reproduction) Curve.

U
UXC - Product code for the fifth generation Accxes controller using GNU/Linux on a x86 pro-
cessor (Dell Optiplex 760).

UXC-N - Product code for the sixth generation Accxes controller using GNU/Linux on a x86
processor (Dell Optiplex 780).

V
VDS - Versatec Data Standard. Accxes supported file format.

VRF - Versatec Raster Format. Accxes supported file format.

VCGL - Versatec Color Graphics Language. This is an Accxes supported file format.

Y
YKE - Product code for the first generation Accxes controller using GNU/Linux on a x86 pro-
cessor (Dell GX280).

YKE-N - Product code for the second generation Accxes controller using GNU/Linux on a x86
processor (Dell GX520).

General Procedures 11/2011 Supersedes


Glossary of Accxes Terminology 6-46 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
Accxes Debug Commands Table 3 Ethernet Communication

The commands and their definitions listed can be used in the Diagnostics mode when the ser- Command CD Version Description
vice PC is connected to the controller through the serial port. netSet10H All This utility will set the Ethernet device to 10Mbps, Half
Duplex. Changes will take effect immediately, no
NOTE: Unless otherwise mentioned, all utilities and commands are able to be run from the reboot is required.
'service' account. Some syntactical differences may occur if trying to run these commands as netSet100F All This utility will set the Ethernet device to 100Mbps,
'root'.
Full Duplex. Changes will take effect immediately, no
NOTE: These commands are case sensitive. reboot is required.
netSet100H All This utility will set the Ethernet device to 100Mbps,
Table 1 Interface Up/Down/Restore Switches Half Duplex. Changes will take effect immediately, no
reboot is required.
Command CD Version Description
netSetAuto All This utility will set the Ethernet device to auto-negoti-
disableEthernet All Will turn off the ethernet interface. No network com- ate speed and duplex. Changes will take effect imme-
munication with the controller will be possible until 1)
diately, no reboot is required. Note that 1000Mbps
enableEthernet is used or 2) system is restarted.
(gigabit ethernet) is only available with autonegotia-
enableEthernet All Will turn on the ethernet interface (default is ON). tion (can't be set explicitly).
ifRestore All Replaces existing ethernet configuration file with origi- netShow All This utility shall provide only the controller settings for
nal settings. This will cause ALL TCP/IP and ethernet IP Address, Gateway, netmask, autonegotiation,
settings to be restored to factory default. duplex, ipconfig (static vs. DHCP), and speed.

Table 2 IP Address Configuration


Command CD Version Description
ifShow All This utility displays information about the ethernet
adapter. Supports both IPV4 and IPV6 addressing
protocols
ipset All Sets the IP address, Gateway Address, and Netmask
for the controller. Usage is:
[service@Accxes /home/accxes]% ipset [IP Address}
[Gateway Address] [Netmask]

Example:
service@Accxes /home/accxes]% ipset
13.136.199.165 13.136.199.1 255.255.255.0

Supports only IPV4 addressing protocol.


dhcpSet 4.0+ Used to enable theYKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC con-
troller to obtain an IP address for the network DHCP
server or obtain an IP address using a DNS Name for
the network DHCP server.

Table 3 Ethernet Communication


Command CD Version Description
netSet10F All This utility will set the Ethernet device to 10Mbps, Full
Duplex. Changes will take effect immediately, no
reboot is required.

Supersedes 11/2011 General Procedures


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 6-47 Accxes Debug Commands
NOTE: Chinstrap GNU/Linux will use a firewall to prevent access to specific ports on the PC. Table 4 Firewall Configuration
The initialization CD will create a baseline firewall configuration. Certain sites may require or
Command CD Version Description
desire changes to this firewall. Configuration will be available via console login and usage of
various utilities. enableCore 3.0+ This is an advanced debugging command. This com-
mand will configure FreeFlow Accxes application to
dump its internal program state (called a "core" or
Table 4 Firewall Configuration
"corefile") to the /home/accxes directory in the event
Command CD Version Description of a system crash. Core files are not generally read-
enableWeb All Will configure the firewall to allow external access to able, and are only useful to the Accxes development
the FreeFlow Accxes WebPMT feature. (Ports 443/ engineers in diagnosing a system crash. This com-
8443 and 80/8080). mand should be used for debug purposes only, and
only to capture a system crash. The setting is NOT
disableWeb All Will configure the firewall to prevent external access to
maintained over power cycles. Once a core file is
the FreeFlow Accxes WebPMT feature. (Ports 443/
captured it may be saved to a USB device using the
8443 and 80/8080)
"saveCorefiles" command.
enableFtp All Will configure the firewall to allow external access to
disableCore 3.0+ Will configure FreeFlow Accxes to run without core file
the FreeFlow Accxes FTP feature. (Ports 20, 21, and
support. This is the default setting.
50000 through 50100)
disableFtp All Will configure the firewall to disable access to the firewall All This utility will display the currently enabled ports.
FreeFlow Accxes FTP feature. (Ports 20, 21, and firewallReset 2.0+ Resets firevall settings to factory default.
50000 through 50100) JBossRunning 3.0+ Displays "YES" if the JBoss application is running,
enableTftp All Will configure the firewall to allow external access to "NO" if it not. The JBoss application is critical for the
the FreeFlow Accxes tFTP feature. (Port 69) new (Accxes 12.0+) WebPMT. If JBoss is not running,
disableTftp All Will configure the firewall to disable external access to a system reboot is required.
the FreeFlow Accxes tFTP feature. (Port 69) portForwardOn 3.0 Enabled port forwarding for WebPMT. Redirects net-
enableLpd All Will configure the firewall to allow external access to work requests for ports 80 and 443 (legacy WebPMT)
to ports 8080 and 8443 (new JBoss-based WebPMT).
the FreeFlow Accxes incoming LPR port. (Port 515)
portForwardOff 3.0 Disables port forwarding for WebPMT. Network
disableLpd All Will configure the firewall to disable external access to
requests for ports 80 and 443 (legacy WebPMT) will
the FreeFlow Accxes incoming LPR port. (Port 515)
no longer be forwarded to ports 8080 and 8443 (new
enableRaw All Will configure the firewall to allow external access to
JBoss-based WebPMT).
the FreeFlow Accxes ports 2000 and 9100.
CAUTION
disableRaw All Will configure the firewall to disable external access to
This will prevent WebPMT from working properly.
the FreeFlow Accxes ports 2000 and 9100.
portForwarding 3.0 Displays "YES" if WebPMT port forwarding is on, "NO"
enableSSH All Will configure the firewall to enable external access to
if port forwarding is off. Normally "YES" should be
the FreeFlow Accxes port 22. This will allow remote
displayed. Port forwarding may be turned on and off
users to use "Secure Shell" (SSH) to remotely login to
via that portForwardOn and portForwardOff com-
the Accxes controller (username/password is mands.
required).
enableCups 4.0+ Will configure the firewall to enable port 631, enabling
disableSSH All Will configure the firewall to disable external access to
CUPS (Common Unix Print Systems)
the FreeFlow Accxes port 22. This will prevent remote
disableCups 4.0+ Disables port 631.
users from using "Secure Shell" (SSH) to remotely
login to the Accxes controller. firewallLockdown 4.0+ Disable all ports, including ICMP protocol.
enableSNMP All Will configure the firewall to enable Accxes to make enableICMP 4.0+ Enables the ICMP protocol.
SNMP requests to the 60x0 printers. (Ports 161 and disableICMP 4.0+ Disables the ICMP protocol. The should only be dis-
162) abled if required for customer security concerns.
disableSNMP All Will configure the firewall to disable Accxes to make enableSamba 4.0+ Enables the ports required for Samba support (ports
SNMP requests to the 60x0 printers. (Ports 161 and 137, 139, and 445). Samba is needed for the “Instant
162) Accxes” feature.
disableSamba 4.0+ Disables Samba ports (ports 137, 139, and 445). If
disabled, the “Instant Accxes” feature will not work.

General Procedures 11/2011 Supersedes


Accxes Debug Commands 6-48 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
Table 5 Miscellaneous Utilities Table 6 IP Rebooting / Shutdown
Command CD Version Description Command CD Version Description
accxesRunning 2.0+ Prints “Yes” if FreeFlow Accxes application is running; killAccxes All Utility kills a running Accxes process. You must reboot
‘No” if it is not running. in order to restart Accxes.
clear All Clears the terminal screen. killJBoss 3.0+ Kills the JBoss application that supports the new
date 2.0+ Shows the current date and time. (Accxes 12.0+) WebPMT. The JBoss application is
critical for Accxes operation, and should not normally
deleteSwapFiles 3.0+ Deletes the swap files used by FreeFlow Accxes. Dur-
ing normal operations, image data is often written to be killed. JBoss will re-start automatically on each
system reboot.
and from (swapped) the disk. This command cannot
be executed while Accxes is running. Deleting the reboot All The system will be brought down cleanly and re-
swap files will cause Accxes to re-create them on the started.
next boot. shutdown All Immediately starts the GNU/Linux shutdown process
downloadCode All Utility to send a file to a specified IP address or host and will power off the Accxes controller within 20 sec-
name via a raw printer port (port 2000). onds. The Accxes controller will not be re-started
(power switch or power removal/re-attachment must
ejectCD 2.0+ Ejects an inserted CDROM. Contents of the CDROM
be done to power up the controller).
will no longer be accessible at /mnt/cdrom
help All Prints a list of available server commands.
Table 7 Scanner Utilities
NOTE: Help may not list all available information for Command CD Version Description
server commands. See the YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/
UXC Service Manual for the most complete, up-to- testFirewire 2.0+ Tests the firewire scanner interface. Cannot be used
date information. while Accxes is running. Use killAccxes command to
shutdown Accxes, then run this utility. After using this
kernelLog 2.0+ Prints a list of recent Linux kernel messages. May be
command, reboot the controller.
used in diagnosing problems with printer cards.
memShow All Displays the amount of free and allocated memory in
CAUTION
the system.
mountCD 2.0+ Makes contents of a CDROM accessible at /mnt/ Commands in the following table save and restore Accxes data to a USB device such as a
“thumb” drive or “pen” drive. You must first insert a USB drive in to any available USB port on
cdrom
the front or rear of the controller. All "save" commands create and/or use a top-level directory
serial All The utility displayd the Dell serial number of the YKE/
named "Accxes" on the USB drive. Under the "Accxes" directory, subdirectories are created
YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC controller.
based on the Dell serial number of the Accxes controller. Ensure that the USB drive has suffi-
testPrint All Submits a print job to the Accxes application. The test cient space to contain the saved data. Space required is 500Kbytes for printer setup. Space
prints in HPGL-2 format. required for printer objects and job accounting depends on the amount of data on the control-
version 2.0+ Displays the following: ler. Ensure that Accxes is not running while save/restore operations are being performed.
• Accxes version number
• Accxes build number Table 8 USB Backup/Restore Utilities
• Accxes IOT type Command CD Version Description
• Install CD version number restoreJA 2.0+ Restores job accounting data from the USB drive.
• Install CD build number CAUTION: Any previously existing job accounting
• Linux kernel version data will be lost.
meterShow 4.0+ Displays the linear and area meter counts on 6050A, restorePOM 2.0+ Printer Object Manager (POM). This command
6204, and 6279 only. restores printer objects, from the USB drive, that are
set by the user such as raster stamps, fonts, pen pal-
meterSet 4.0+ Sets the linear and area meter counts on 6050A,
ettes, and labels
6204, and 6279 only.
idUSB 4.3+ Displays a list of known Accxes USB devices restoreSetup 2.0+ Restores printer setup from the USB drive.
attached. Useful in debugging issues with the color CAUTION: Current setup will be lost.
touch screen, USB printers, and USB scanners. CAUTION: Accxes feature keys are not restored.

Supersedes 11/2011 General Procedures


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 6-49 Accxes Debug Commands
Table 8 USB Backup/Restore Utilities
Command CD Version Description
saveCorefiles 3.0+ Saves a captured Accxes "core file" to the USB drive.
This is an advanced debugging command. Corefiles
are used by Accxes engineers for debugging system
crashes only. Prior to using this command, a core file
must have been captured using the "enableCore"
command. Core files are compressed prior to storage
on the USB device. Even compressed core files are
very large and may not fit on all USB drives. This
command requires an additional parameter, either the
core file number or the word "all".
saveJA 2.0+ Save job accounting data.
savePOM 2.0+ Printer Object Manager (POM). This command saves
printer objects set by the user such as raster stamps,
fonts, pen palettes, and labels.
saveSetup 2.0+ Saves the printer setup. CAUTION: Accxes feature
keys are not saved.
enableAutoSaveLogs 4.5+ Used to enable Auto Save Logs feature which saves
logs to USB at power on/reboot.
disableAutoSaveLogs 4.5+ Disables Auto Save Logs feature

Table 9 Color Touch Screen Utilities


Command CD Version Description
calibrateTouch 4.1+ Does a 4-point calibration of the touch screen monitor.
calibrateTouch 25 4.1+ Does a 25-point calibration of the touch screen moni-
tor.
guiMonitorOff 4.1+ Turns the touch screen off and illuminates the Power
Saver LED.
guiMonitorOn 4.1+ Turns the touch screen on and darkens the Power
Saver LED.
buttonBoardRead 4.1+ Displays the raw codes coming from the touch screen
hard button controller (START, STOP, etc...).
biosReboot 4.3+ Reboots system but keeps screen monitor on. This is
useful for Accxes BIOS settings when using an
attached keyboard.

NOTE: The CSE must continue to bring a keyboard in


order to perform this utility.

NOTE: The use of this utility applies to 6279/6622/


6604/6605 printing devices.

General Procedures 11/2011 Supersedes


Accxes Debug Commands 6-50 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
Accxes Directory Structure /stn
Stores “Scan-To-Net” image files. Note that this directory will be present even on systems with-
out a scanner or Scan-To-Net key.
/acc
Stores the swap files for various Accxes components:

• bcmSwapFile.tmp - Holds compressed bands.


/home/accxes
Stores the current Accxes application and configuration files.
• jsSwapFile.tmp - Holds incoming job data.
• posFile.tmp - Holds outgoing TIFF file data (60X0 only).
• psSwapFile.tmp - Holds postscript swap data.
• sibSwapFile1.tmp - Holds temporary scanner data (13.x and below). /home/spare
• sibSwapFile2.tmp - Holds temporary scanner data (13.x and below). Stores the previous Accxes application. When a firmware download if the Accxes application is
• sibSwapFile.tmp - Holds temporary scanner data (14.0 and above). received, the new version of Accxes is stored in /home/spare. When the update completes
properly, the /home/accxes and /home/spare directories are swapped.

/debug
Stores Accxes debug log files.
/tpr2
Working directory for third party rendering engine that supports ACAD, OCAD, and RASTER
formats
/util1
Holds Accxes temp data.
GNU/Linux directories with Accxes/configuration content
There are some files that may need to be modified under specific circumstances. Do not mod-
/util2 ify anything in the following directories unless you know what you are doing:

Accxes 14.0+. Holds thumbnail images. • /etc


• /usr

/util3
Reserved for future use.
GNU/Linux Directories
In general, the top level GNU/Linux directories listed below should not be modified. Each of
these directories may contain many subdirectories.

/jsdb • /bin

Holds job definition data, but not image data. • /boot


• /dev
• /initrd
• /lib
/ia • lost+found
Instant Accxes file storage location. • /media
• /misc
• /mnt
• /net
• /opt

Supersedes 11/2011 General Procedures


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 6-51 Accxes Directory Structure
• /proc
• /root
• /sbin
• /selinux
• /srv
• /sys
• /tmp
• /var

General Procedures 11/2011 Supersedes


Accxes Directory Structure 6-52 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
7 Wiring Data
Front Panel...................................................................................................................... 7-3
Back Panel ...................................................................................................................... 7-4
Back Panel Connectors................................................................................................... 7-6
Internal Components....................................................................................................... 7-8
System Board Connectors .............................................................................................. 7-10
DC Power Supply Connectors ........................................................................................ 7-13
Block Schematic Diagrams ............................................................................................. 7-15

Supersedes 11/2011 Wiring Data


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 7-1
Wiring Data 11/2011 Supersedes
7-2 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
Front Panel
For YKE For YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N

Figure 2 YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC Front View

1 USB 2.0 Connectors (2)


2 LAN Indicator Light
3 Power Button
4 Dell Badge
5 Power Light
6 Diagnostic Lights
Figure 1 YKE Front View 7 Hard Disk Drive Activity Light
8 Headphone Connector
1 Front Panel Door 9 Microphone Connector
2 Head Phone Connector 10 Floppy Drive (Not supported on YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/
3 USB 2.0 Connectors (2) UXC-N)
4 CDROM Drive Eject Button 11 CD/DVD drive
5 Floppy Drive Eject Button (Not supported on YKE)
6 Floppy Drive Activity Light (Not supported on YKE)
7 Hard Disk Drive Activity Light
8 Power Button
9 Power Light
10 Front Door Panel
11 Serial Number Label

Supersedes 11/2011 Wiring Data


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 7-3 Front Panel
Back Panel
For YKE For YKE-N/FRX/LVX

Figure 1 YKE Back Panel


Figure 2 YKE-N/FRX/LVX Back Panel

1 Back Panel Connectors


1 Card Slots
2 Security Cable Slot
2 Back-panel Connectors
3 Padlock Ring
3 Power Connector
4 Card Slots
4 Voltage Selection Switch
5 PCI Express Card Slot
5 Padlock Ring
6 Power Connector (115/230 Auto Switch)
6 Cover Release Latch

Wiring Data 11/2011 Supersedes


Back Panel 7-4 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
For UXC/UXC-N

2 3 4
5

2
Figure 3 UXC/UXC-N Back Panel

1 Card Slots
2 Back-panel Connectors
3 Power Connector 1
4 Padlock Ring
5 Cover Release Latch
Figure 4 UXC/UXC-N Back Panel - Built-in Self Test Switch

1 Power Supply Test Button


2 Power Supply Diagnostic Light

Supersedes 11/2011 Wiring Data


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 7-5 Back Panel
Back Panel Connectors
For YKE For YKE-N/FRX/LVX

Figure 2 YKE-N/FRX/LVX Back Panel Connectors


Figure 1 YKE Back Panel Connectors
1 Parallel Connector
1 Serial Connector (Debug Port) 2 Link Integrity Light
2 Link Integrity Light 3 Network Adapter Connector
3 Network Interface Connector 4 Network Activity Light
4 Network Activity Light 5 Line-in Connector
5 Line-in Connector 6 Line-out Connector
6 Line-out Connector 7 Microphone Connector
7 Microphone Connector 8 USB 2.0 Connectors (6)
8 USB 2.0 Connectors (6) 9 Video Connector
9 Diagnostic Lights (4) 10 Serial Connector
10 Video Connector
11 Parallel Connector

Wiring Data 11/2011 Supersedes


Back Panel Connectors 7-6 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
For UXC/UXC-N 2 3 4 5

11 10 9 8

Figure 3 UXC/UXC-N Back Panel Connectors

1 Parallel Connector
2 Serial Connector
3 Link Integrity Light
4 Network Adapter Connector
5 Network Activity Light
6 Line-out Connector
7 Line-in / Microphone Connector
8 USB 2.0 Connectors (6)
9 VGA Video Connector
10 eSATA Connector
11 DisplayPort Connector

Supersedes 11/2011 Wiring Data


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 7-7 Back Panel Connectors
Internal Components
For YKE For YKE-N/FRX/LVX

Figure 2 YKE-N/FRX/LVX Internal Components

1 Drives Bay (CD/DVD, floppy, and hard


drive)
2 Power Supply
3 Chassis Intrusion Switch
4 System Board
5 Card Cage
6 Heat Sink Assembly
Figure 1 YKE Internal Components
7 Front I/O Panel
1 Hard Disk Drive
2 Chassis Intrusion Switch
3 Internal Speaker
4 Power Supply
5 Card Cage
6 Padlock Ring
7 Heat Sink / Blower Assembly
8 System Board
9 Floppy Drive (Not supported on YKE)
10 CDROM Drive

Wiring Data 11/2011 Supersedes


Internal Components 7-8 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
For UXC/UXC-N

Figure 3 UXC/UXC-N Internal Components

1 Drives Bay (CD/DVD, floppy, and hard


drive)
2 Power Supply
3 Chassis Intrusion Switch
4 System Board
5 Card Slots
6 Heat Sink Assembly
7 Front I/O Panel

Supersedes 11/2011 Wiring Data


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 7-9 Internal Components
System Board Connectors 14 CDROM Drive Analog Audio Cable Connector (CD_IN)
For YKE 15 Front Panel Audio Cable Connector (FRONTAUDIO)
16 Line-in, Line-out, and Microphone Connectors (AUDIO)
17 Network Connector (NIC) and USB Connector (USB2)
18 USB Connectors (USB1)
19 Diagnostic Lights (DIAG LED)
20 Serial Port Connector (SER1) and Video Connector (VGA)
21 Parallel Port Connector (PAR)
22 Power Connector (12VPOWER)
23 Processor Connector (CPU)
24 Heat Sink / Blower Retention Pad
25 Fan Connector (FAN)
26 Serial Port Connector (SER2 PS2)
27 Password Jumper (PSWD)

Figure 1 YKE System Board

1 RTC Reset Jumper (RTCRST)


2 Power Connector (POWER)
3 Floppy Drive Connector (DSKT)
4 Battery Socket (BATTERY)
5 Internal Speaker (SPEAKER)
6 Front Panel Connector (FRONT PANEL)
7 CDROM Drive Connector (IDE)
8 Serial ATA Drive 1 Connector (SATA1)
Note: May not have a SATA1 connector.
9 Serial ATA Drive 0 Connector (SATA0)
10 Standby Power Light (AUX_PWR)
11 RAM Modules (DIMM1, DIMM2, DIMM3, DIMM4)
12 PCI Express x16 Connector (PEG)
13 PCI Riser Connector (PCI2) (for Card Cage)

Wiring Data 11/2011 Supersedes


System Board Connectors 7-10 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
For YKE-N/FRX/LVX 14 PCI Riser Connector (SLOT3)
15 PCI Connector (SLOT2)
16 Serial Connector (SER2)
17 Floppy-Drive Connector (DSKT)
18 Standby Power Indicator (AUX_PWR)
19 System Board Speaker (BEEP)
20 Internal Speaker (INT_SPKR)

Figure 2 YKE-N/FRX/LVX System Board

1 Fan Connector (FAN)


2 Processor Connector (CPU)
3 Power Connector (12VPOWER)
4 Memory Module Connectors (DIMM_1, DIMM_2)
5 Serial ATA Drive Connector (SATA0)
6 Front Panel Connector (FRONT PANEL)
7 CD Drive Analog Audio Cable Connector for Optional
Analog Audio Cable (CD_IN)
8 Power Connector (POWER)
9 SATA Connector
10 RTC Reset Jumper (RTCRST)
11 Chassis Intrusion Switch Connector (INTRUDER)
12 Password Jumper (PSWD)
13 Battery Socket (BATT)

Supersedes 11/2011 Wiring Data


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 7-11 System Board Connectors
For UXC/UXC-N 14 Riser Connector
15 PCI Connector
16 Battery Socket
17 PS/2 or Serial Connector
18 Floppy Connector
19 Fan Connector

Figure 3 UXC/UXC-N System Board

1 Internal Speaker
2 Processor Connector (CPU)
3 Power Connector (12VPOWER)
4 Memory Module Connectors (DIMM_1, DIMM_2, DIMM_3,
DIMM_4)
5 Password Jumper
6 SATA Connectors (SATA1 and SATA0)
7 Front Panel Connectors
8 Power Connector
9 Intrusion Switch Connector
10 Internal USB
11 Service Mode Disable Jumper
12 RTC Reset Jumper
13 PCI Express x16 Connector

Wiring Data 11/2011 Supersedes


System Board Connectors 7-12 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
DC Power Supply Connectors
For YKE

Figure 3 P2 Connector

Figure 4 P3 and P4 Connectors

Figure 5 P5 Connector

Figure 1 YKE DC Power Supply Connectors Figure 6 P6 Connector

Figure 7 P7 Connector
Figure 2 P1 Connector

Supersedes 11/2011 Wiring Data


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 7-13 DC Power Supply Connectors
For YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N

Figure 11 P3 Connector

Figure 12 P4 Connector

Figure 8 YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N Figure 13 P5 and P6 Connectors

Figure 9 P1 Connector

Figure 10 P2 Connector

Wiring Data 11/2011 Supersedes


DC Power Supply Connectors 7-14 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
Block Schematic Diagrams

Figure 1 System Wiring Diagram - YKE Controller

Supersedes 11/2011 Wiring Data


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 7-15 Block Schematic Diagrams
Figure 2 System Wiring Diagram - YKE Controller

Wiring Data 11/2011 Supersedes


Block Schematic Diagrams 7-16 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
Figure 3 System Wiring Diagram - YKE-N/FRX/LVX Controller

Supersedes 11/2011 Wiring Data


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 7-17 Block Schematic Diagrams
Figure 4 System Wiring Diagram - YKE-N/FRX/LVX Controller

Wiring Data 11/2011 Supersedes


Block Schematic Diagrams 7-18 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
Figure 5 System Wiring Diagram - UXC/UXC-N Controller

Supersedes 11/2011 Wiring Data


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 7-19 Block Schematic Diagrams
Figure 6 System Wiring Diagram - UXC/UXC-N Controller

Wiring Data 11/2011 Supersedes


Block Schematic Diagrams 7-20 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
Figure 7 System Wiring Diagram - DA0 Controller

Supersedes 11/2011 Wiring Data


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 7-21 Block Schematic Diagrams
Figure 8 System Wiring Diagram - DA0 Controller

Wiring Data 11/2011 Supersedes


Block Schematic Diagrams 7-22 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
8 Accessories
Printer Enablement Kits ................................................................................................. 8-3
P193 Interface / Interface VIII PWB Installation Procedure ............................................ 8-5
6622 Interface PWB and RS-232 PCI Serial PWB Installation Procedure...................... 8-6
2-Port USB to Serial Adapter for 6622 Interface PWB Installation Procedure ................ 8-7
Folder Enablement Kit..................................................................................................... 8-9

Supersedes 11/2011 Accessories


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 8-1
Accessories 11/2011 Supersedes
8-2 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
Printer Enablement Kits Table 4 6622 Accxes Enablement Kit Contents

Purpose Item Description Quantity

The P193 Kit Enablement enables the YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 Controller to 2 RS-232 PCI Serial PWB 1
be connected to the 8825, 8830, 8850, 510dp, and 6050A printers.

The 721p Interface VIII Kit enables the YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 Controller to P 193 Interface
be connected to the 721p printers.

The 6204 Accxes Enablement Kit enables the YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 Controller


to be connected to the 6204 Wide Format Solution Copier/Printer.

The 6050A Accxes Enablement Kit enables the FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 Controller to be


connected to the 6050A Wide Format Copier/Printer.

The 6622 Accxes Enablement Kit enables the UXC/UXC-N/DA0 Controller to be connected
to the 6622 Copier Printer.
721p Interface VIII
Kit Contents

Table 1 P193 Enablement Kit Contents


Item Description Quantity
1 P193 PWB 1
2 Screw, M3 1

Table 2 721p Interface VIII Kit Contents


Item Description Quantity
1 Interface VIII PWB 1
2 VHDCI to 37 D Cable 1
3 Screws, M3 2
Figure 1 P193 Interface PWB and 721p PWB Interface VIII Differences

Table 3 6204 Accxes Enablement Kit Contents


Item Description Quantity
1 6204 Accxes PWBA Assem- 1
bly
2 Installation Instructions 1
3 USB Cable, 3’ (0.9) Long 3
4 Controller Mounting Bracket 1
Assembly
5 P-Clamp 1
6 M4 x 12mm Long Thread 5
Rolling Screw

Table 4 6622 Accxes Enablement Kit Contents


Item Description Quantity
1 6622 Interface PWB 1

Supersedes 11/2011 Accessories


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 8-3 Printer Enablement Kits
Figure 2 6622 Interface PWB

Accessories 11/2011 Supersedes


Printer Enablement Kits 8-4 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
P193 Interface / Interface VIII PWB Installation Procedure
Procedure
The following procedure prepares the IOT Interface PWB (P193 Interface or the 721p Interface
VIII) for installation into the YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 Controller by removing the
half-height bracket shipped with the PWB and installing the full-height bracket. The full-height Mounting Screws
bracket ships with the controller installation kit and is attached to the PWB at initial install. If the
IOT Interface PWB is replaced, the full-height bracket must be removed from the IOT Interface
PWB being replaced and installed on the replacement IOT Interface PWB.

Installation instructions for the 6204 Accxes Enablement Kit can be found on the Xerox 6204
Wide Format Solution Service Guidance System in 9 Installation and Kits.

Installation instructions for the 6050A FreeFlow Accxes Enablement Kit can be found on the
Xerox 6030/6050/6050A Wide Format Service Guidance System in 9 Installation and Kits.

WARNING
Switch off the controller power. Disconnect the controller power cord.
CAUTION
Figure 2 Half-height PWB Mounting Screws
The following components in the FreeFlow Accxes controller are susceptible to electrostatic
discharge. Observe all ESD procedure to avoid component damage.
5. Locate the full-height bracket in the controller installation kit (Figure 3).
1. Switch off the controller power and disconnect the controller power cord.
2. Unpack the IOT Interface PWB.
3. Remove and save the two shoulder screws securing the half-height bracket to the front of
the IOT Interface PWB connector as shown in Figure 1.

Figure 3 Full-height Bracket

6. Carefully slide the full-height bracket onto the IOT Interface PWB connector.
7. Install the two shoulder screws.
8. Install the two PWB mounting screws. The IOT Interface PWB is now ready for installation
Shoulder Screws into the YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 Controller. See REP 1.5 to install the
IOT Interface PWB.
Figure 1 Half-height Bracket Shoulder Screws

4. Remove and save the two PWB mounting screws securing the half-height bracket to the
corners of the PWB as shown in Figure 2. Save the mounting screw for use with the full-
height bracket.

Supersedes 11/2011 Accessories


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 8-5
6622 Interface PWB and RS-232 PCI Serial PWB
Installation Procedure
Procedure
The following procedure is used to install the 6622 Interface PWB and the RS-232 PCI Serial
RS-232 PCI Serial PWB
PWB with the additional Ribbon Cable Port Connector in the UXC/UXC-N/DA0 controller.

WARNING
Switch off the controller power. Disconnect the controller power cord.
CAUTION
The following components in the FreeFlow Accxes controller are susceptible to electrostatic
discharge. Observe all ESD procedure to avoid component damage.
1. Switch off the controller power and disconnect the controller power cord. Ribbon Cable Connector
2. Unpack the 6622 Interface PWB and the RS-232 PCI Serial PWB with the additional Rib-
bon Cable Port Connector.
3. Perform REP 1.1 Controller Cover and remove the controller cover.
4. Perform REP 1.6 Firewire PWB to remove the Firewire PWB from the controller.
5. Insert the 6622 Interface PWB into PCI Slot 3, as shown in Figure 1. Ribbon Cable Port Connector

6622 Interface PWB Figure 2 RS-232 PCI Serial PWB Installation

NOTE: The RS-232 PCI Serial PWB must be inserted in the slot shown in Figure 2.

9. Insert the additional Ribbon Cable Port Connector into the card connector slot, as shown
in Figure 2.
10. Lower the retention arms and press them into place, securing the RS-232 PCI Serial
PWB and the Ribbon Cable Port Connector in their respective slots.
11. Connect the ribbon cable on the Ribbon Cable Port Connector to the RS-232 PCI Serial
PWB.
12. Perform the replacement procedure in REP 1.1 Controller Cover to close the Controller
Cover.
13. Connect the 6622 Interface PWB cable, the RS-232 PCI Serial PWB cable and the Rib-
bon Cable Port Connector cable as shown in Figure 3.

Figure 1 6622 IOT Interface PWB Installation

NOTE: The 6622 Interface PWB must be inserted in the slot shown in Figure 1.

6. Lower the retention arm and press it into place, securing the 6622 Interface PWB in the
slot.
7. Open the retention arms for the remaining two slots.
8. Insert the RS-232 PCI Serial PWB into PCI Slot 2, as shown in Figure 2.

Accessories 11/2011 Supersedes


8-6 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
2-Port USB to Serial Adapter for 6622 Interface PWB
Installation Procedure
Procedure
Printer S-down Cable The following procedure is used to install the 6622 Interface PWB with the 2-Port USB to Serial
Adapter in the UXC/UXC-N/DA0 controller.

WARNING
Switch off the controller power. Disconnect the controller power cord.
GFI Cable
CAUTION
The following components in the FreeFlow Accxes controller are susceptible to electrostatic
discharge. Observe all ESD procedure to avoid component damage.
1. Switch off the controller power and disconnect the controller power cord.
IOT Interface Cable 2. Unpack the 6622 Interface PWB with 2-Port USB to Serial Adapter and cable.
3. Perform REP 1.1 Controller Cover and remove the controller cover.
4. Insert the 6622 Interface PWB into the open Slot, as shown in Figure 1.

Figure 3 Cable Connections

6622 Interface open slot

Firewire PWB slot

Figure 1 6622 IOT Interface PWB Installation

NOTE: Insert the 6622 Interface PWB into the open slot shown in Figure 1. The Firewire
card comes shipped in it’s current location, leave the Firewire PWB in it’s current slot.

5. Lower the retention arm and press it into place, securing the 6622 Interface PWB in the
slot.
6. Perform the replacement procedure in REP 1.1 Controller Cover to close the Controller
Cover.

Supersedes 11/2011 Accessories


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 8-7
7. Connect the 6622 2-Port USB to Serial adapter Interface cable into the serial cable ports
on the IOT and Finishing device, and USB connection on the controller back panel as
shown in Figure 2 and Figure 3. USB Connector attached to a USB
port on the rear of the controller.

Serial port connec-


tions to the IOT and
finishing device

Figure 3 USB Connector

USB controller
connection

Figure 2 2-Port USB to Serial Adapter Cable

Accessories 11/2011 Supersedes


8-8 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0
Folder Enablement Kit
Purpose
The Folder Enablement Kit enables the YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 Controller to USB Connector
attached to a USB
be connected to an optional folder device.
port on the rear of
the controller.
NOTE: This kit does work with the Xerox 6622 Wide Format Solution.

Kit Contents

Table 1 Folder Enablement Kit Contents


ITEM DESCRIPTION QUANTITY
1 USB to Serial Adapter 1

Figure 2 USB Connector

3. Connect the Folder serial cable to the serial connector on the USB to Serial Adapter.

NOTE: See the USB to Serial Adapter Kit Instructions for additional configuration informa-
tion.

4. Power up the Folder device.


5. Power up controller.
Figure 1 USB to Serial Adapter The controller will automatically configure the Folder device.
6. Open WebPMT and verify that the Folder is recognized and configured.
Procedure
1. Perform the Controller Shutdown procedure.
2. Insert the USB connector of the USB to Serial Adapter into any of the USB ports on the
rear of the controller as shown in Figure 2.

Supersedes 11/2011 Accessories


Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0 8-9 Folder Enablement Kit
Accessories 11/2011 Supersedes
Folder Enablement Kit 8-10 Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX/UXC/UXC-N/DA0

You might also like